fix up cleanup handling in internal_vproblem
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
87 {
88 EX_EVENT_THROW,
89 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
90 EX_EVENT_CATCH
91 };
92
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
106 void *),
107 void *);
108
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
114
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result *,
117 enum bptype, char *,
118 char **);
119
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
121 struct linespec_result *,
122 struct linespec_sals *,
123 char *, char *, enum bptype,
124 enum bpdisp, int, int,
125 int,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
127 int, int, int, unsigned);
128
129 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
130 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
131
132 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133
134 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135
136 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
137
138 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139
140 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
141
142 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
143 enum bptype,
144 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
145 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
146 const struct symtab_and_line *);
147
148 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 static. */
150 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
151 struct symtab_and_line,
152 enum bptype,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
154
155 static struct breakpoint *
156 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
157 enum bptype type,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
159
160 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
161
162 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
163 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
164 enum bptype bptype);
165
166 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
167 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
168 struct obj_section *, int);
169
170 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
171 CORE_ADDR addr1,
172 struct address_space *aspace2,
173 CORE_ADDR addr2);
174
175 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
176 struct bp_location *loc2);
177
178 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
179 struct address_space *aspace,
180 CORE_ADDR addr);
181
182 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183
184 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185
186 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
187 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
188
189 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190
191 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192
193 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194
195 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196
197 typedef enum
198 {
199 mark_inserted,
200 mark_uninserted
201 }
202 insertion_state_t;
203
204 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
206
207 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
208
209 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210
211 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212
213 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214
215 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
216
217 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
218 enum bptype type,
219 int *other_type_used);
220
221 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222
223 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224
225 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
226 int count);
227
228 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229
230 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
231
232 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
233
234 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
235
236 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
237
238 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
239 CORE_ADDR pc);
240
241 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
242 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
243 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
244
245 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
246
247 static void update_global_location_list (int);
248
249 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
250
251 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
252
253 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
254
255 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
256
257 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
258
259 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
260
261 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
262
263 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
264
265 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
266
267 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
268
269 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
270
271 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
272
273 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
274 otherwise. */
275
276 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
277
278 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
279 from. */
280 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
281
282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
283 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
284 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
286
287 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
289
290 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
292
293 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
295
296 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
297 breakpoints. */
298 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
299
300 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
301 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
302
303 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
304 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
305
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
312
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
317 dprintf_style_gdb,
318 dprintf_style_call,
319 dprintf_style_agent,
320 NULL
321 };
322 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
323
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
328
329 static char *dprintf_function = "";
330
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
338
339 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
340
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
342 has disconnected. */
343 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
344
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
348 {
349 /* The reference count. */
350 int refc;
351
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line *commands;
354 };
355
356 struct command_line *
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
358 {
359 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
360 }
361
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
364
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
366
367 const char *
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
369 {
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
372 a breakpoint. */
373 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
374
375 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
376 }
377
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
382
383 static void
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c,
386 const char *value)
387 {
388 fprintf_filtered (file,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
391 value);
392 }
393
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
399 static void
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
401 struct cmd_list_element *c,
402 const char *value)
403 {
404 fprintf_filtered (file,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
407 value);
408 }
409
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
415 static void
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
417 struct cmd_list_element *c,
418 const char *value)
419 {
420 fprintf_filtered (file,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
422 value);
423 }
424
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
430
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
432
433 static void
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
435 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
436 {
437 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
438 fprintf_filtered (file,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
441 value,
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
443 else
444 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
445 value);
446 }
447
448 int
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
450 {
451 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
453 }
454
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
456
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto,
463 condition_evaluation_host,
464 condition_evaluation_target,
465 NULL
466 };
467
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
470
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
474
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
478 evaluation mode. */
479
480 static const char *
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
482 {
483 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
484 {
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target;
487 else
488 return condition_evaluation_host;
489 }
490 else
491 return mode;
492 }
493
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
495
496 static const char *
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
498 {
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
500 }
501
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
503 otherwise. */
504
505 static int
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
507 {
508 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
509
510 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
511 }
512
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
514
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
517
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled;
520
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
523
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
527
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
529
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
533 B = TMP)
534
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
538
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
542 BP_TMP++)
543
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
549
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
553 BP_LOCP_START \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
557
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
559
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
563
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
565
566 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
567
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
569
570 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
571
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
573
574 static unsigned bp_location_count;
575
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
581
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
583
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
589
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
591
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
594 by a target. */
595 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
596
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
598
599 static int breakpoint_count;
600
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
606
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
608
609 static int tracepoint_count;
610
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
612 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
613 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
614
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
616 static int
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
618 {
619 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
620 }
621
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
623
624 static void
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
626 {
627 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
628 breakpoint_count = num;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
630 }
631
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
635
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
637 breakpoint made. */
638
639 void
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
641 {
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
643 }
644
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
646 breakpoint made. */
647
648 void
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 {
651 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
652 }
653
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
655
656 void
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
658 {
659 struct breakpoint *b;
660
661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
662 b->hit_count = 0;
663 }
664
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
667
668 static struct counted_command_line *
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
670 {
671 struct counted_command_line *result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
673
674 result->refc = 1;
675 result->commands = commands;
676 return result;
677 }
678
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
680
681 static void
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
683 {
684 if (cmd)
685 ++cmd->refc;
686 }
687
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
691
692 static void
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
694 {
695 if (*cmdp)
696 {
697 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
698 {
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
700 xfree (*cmdp);
701 }
702 *cmdp = NULL;
703 }
704 }
705
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
707
708 static void
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
710 {
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
712 }
713
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
715 argument. */
716
717 static struct cleanup *
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
719 {
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
721 }
722
723 \f
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
726
727 struct breakpoint *
728 get_breakpoint (int num)
729 {
730 struct breakpoint *b;
731
732 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
733 if (b->number == num)
734 return b;
735
736 return NULL;
737 }
738
739 \f
740
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
743
744 static void
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
746 {
747 struct bp_location *loc;
748
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
752 side. */
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
755 return;
756
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
758 return;
759
760 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
761 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
762 }
763
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
766
767 static void
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
769 {
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
773 side. */
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
776
777 return;
778
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
780 return;
781
782 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
783 }
784
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
787
788 static void
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
790 struct cmd_list_element *c)
791 {
792 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
793
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
796 {
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
800 return;
801 }
802
803 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
804 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
805
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
809
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode != old_mode)
812 {
813 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
816
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
819 */
820
821 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
822 {
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
824 target. */
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
827 }
828 else
829 {
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
835 loc->needs_update = 1;
836 }
837
838 /* Do the update. */
839 update_global_location_list (1);
840 }
841
842 return;
843 }
844
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
847
848 static void
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
850 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
851 {
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
853 fprintf_filtered (file,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
856 value,
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
858 else
859 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
860 value);
861 }
862
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
866
867 static int
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
869 {
870 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
871 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
872
873 if (a->address == b->address)
874 return 0;
875 else
876 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
877 }
878
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
882 return NULL. */
883
884 static struct bp_location **
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
886 {
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
889 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
890
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
893 dummy_loc.address = address;
894
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs);
899
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found == NULL)
902 return NULL;
903
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
908 locp_found--;
909
910 return locp_found;
911 }
912
913 void
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
915 int from_tty)
916 {
917 xfree (b->cond_string);
918 b->cond_string = NULL;
919
920 if (is_watchpoint (b))
921 {
922 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
923
924 xfree (w->cond_exp);
925 w->cond_exp = NULL;
926 }
927 else
928 {
929 struct bp_location *loc;
930
931 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
932 {
933 xfree (loc->cond);
934 loc->cond = NULL;
935
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
939 }
940 }
941
942 if (*exp == 0)
943 {
944 if (from_tty)
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
946 }
947 else
948 {
949 const char *arg = exp;
950
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
954 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
955
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
957 {
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
959
960 innermost_block = NULL;
961 arg = exp;
962 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
963 if (*arg)
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
966 }
967 else
968 {
969 struct bp_location *loc;
970
971 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
972 {
973 arg = exp;
974 loc->cond =
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
976 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
977 if (*arg)
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
979 }
980 }
981 }
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
983
984 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
985 }
986
987 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
988
989 static VEC (char_ptr) *
990 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
991 const char *text, const char *word)
992 {
993 const char *space;
994
995 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
996 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
997 if (*space == '\0')
998 {
999 int len;
1000 struct breakpoint *b;
1001 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1002
1003 if (text[0] == '$')
1004 {
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1007 return NULL;
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1009 }
1010
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len = strlen (text);
1013
1014 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1015 {
1016 char number[50];
1017
1018 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1019
1020 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1021 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1022 }
1023
1024 return result;
1025 }
1026
1027 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1028 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1029 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1030 }
1031
1032 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1033
1034 static void
1035 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1036 {
1037 struct breakpoint *b;
1038 char *p;
1039 int bnum;
1040
1041 if (arg == 0)
1042 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1043
1044 p = arg;
1045 bnum = get_number (&p);
1046 if (bnum == 0)
1047 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1048
1049 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1050 if (b->number == bnum)
1051 {
1052 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1053 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1054 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1055 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1056 if (b->py_bp_object
1057 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1058 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1059 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1060 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1061
1062 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1063 update_global_location_list (1);
1064
1065 return;
1066 }
1067
1068 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1069 }
1070
1071 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1072 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1073 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1074
1075 static void
1076 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1077 {
1078 struct command_line *c;
1079
1080 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1081 {
1082 int i;
1083
1084 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1085 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1086 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1087
1088 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1089 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1090
1091 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1092 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1093 command directly. */
1094 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1095 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1096
1097 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1098 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1099 }
1100 }
1101
1102 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1103
1104 static int
1105 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1106 {
1107 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1108 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1109 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1110 }
1111
1112 int
1113 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1114 {
1115 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1116 }
1117
1118 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1119 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1120 found. */
1121
1122 static void
1123 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1124 struct command_line *commands)
1125 {
1126 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1127 {
1128 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1129 struct command_line *c;
1130 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1131
1132 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1133 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1134 ones might not. */
1135 t->step_count = 0;
1136
1137 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1138 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1139 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1140 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1141 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1142 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1143 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1144 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1145 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1146 tracepoint's context. */
1147 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1148 {
1149 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1150 {
1151 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1152 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1153 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1154 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1157
1158 if (while_stepping)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "can be used only once"));
1161 else
1162 while_stepping = c;
1163 }
1164
1165 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1166 }
1167 if (while_stepping)
1168 {
1169 struct command_line *c2;
1170
1171 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1172 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1173 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1174 {
1175 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1176 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1177 }
1178 }
1179 }
1180 else
1181 {
1182 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1183 }
1184 }
1185
1186 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1187 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1188
1189 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1190 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1191 {
1192 struct breakpoint *b;
1193 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1194 struct bp_location *loc;
1195
1196 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1197 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1198 {
1199 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1200 if (loc->address == addr)
1201 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1202 }
1203
1204 return found;
1205 }
1206
1207 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1208 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1209
1210 void
1211 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1212 struct command_line *commands)
1213 {
1214 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1215
1216 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1217 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1218 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1219 }
1220
1221 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1222 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1223 commands. */
1224
1225 void
1226 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1227 {
1228 int old_silent = b->silent;
1229
1230 b->silent = silent;
1231 if (old_silent != silent)
1232 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1233 }
1234
1235 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1236 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1237
1238 void
1239 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1240 {
1241 int old_thread = b->thread;
1242
1243 b->thread = thread;
1244 if (old_thread != thread)
1245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1246 }
1247
1248 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1249 breakpoint work for any task. */
1250
1251 void
1252 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1253 {
1254 int old_task = b->task;
1255
1256 b->task = task;
1257 if (old_task != task)
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1259 }
1260
1261 void
1262 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1263 {
1264 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1265
1266 validate_actionline (line, b);
1267 }
1268
1269 /* A structure used to pass information through
1270 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1271
1272 struct commands_info
1273 {
1274 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1275 int from_tty;
1276
1277 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1278 char *arg;
1279
1280 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1281 already-parsed command. */
1282 struct command_line *control;
1283
1284 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1285 yet been read. */
1286 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1287 };
1288
1289 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1290 commands_command. */
1291
1292 static void
1293 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1294 {
1295 struct commands_info *info = data;
1296
1297 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1298 {
1299 struct command_line *l;
1300
1301 if (info->control != NULL)
1302 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1303 else
1304 {
1305 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1306 char *str;
1307
1308 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1309 "%s, one per line."),
1310 info->arg);
1311
1312 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1313
1314 l = read_command_lines (str,
1315 info->from_tty, 1,
1316 (is_tracepoint (b)
1317 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1318 b);
1319
1320 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1321 }
1322
1323 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1324 }
1325
1326 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1327 do anything. */
1328 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1329 {
1330 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1331 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1332 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1333 b->commands = info->cmd;
1334 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1335 }
1336 }
1337
1338 static void
1339 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1340 struct command_line *control)
1341 {
1342 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1343 struct commands_info info;
1344
1345 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1346 info.control = control;
1347 info.cmd = NULL;
1348 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1349 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1350 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1351
1352 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1353 {
1354 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1355 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1356 breakpoint_count);
1357 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1358 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1359 else
1360 {
1361 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1362 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1363 numbers will fail in this case. */
1364 arg = NULL;
1365 }
1366 }
1367 else
1368 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1369 our argument. */
1370 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1371
1372 if (arg != NULL)
1373 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1374
1375 info.arg = arg;
1376
1377 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1378
1379 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1380 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1381
1382 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1383 }
1384
1385 static void
1386 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1387 {
1388 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1389 }
1390
1391 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1392 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1393
1394 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1395 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1396 enum command_control_type
1397 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1398 {
1399 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1400 return simple_control;
1401 }
1402
1403 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1404
1405 static int
1406 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1407 {
1408 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1409 return 0;
1410 if (!bl->inserted)
1411 return 0;
1412 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1413 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1414 return 0;
1415 return 1;
1416 }
1417
1418 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1419 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1420
1421 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1422 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1423 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1424
1425 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1426 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1427 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1428 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1429 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1430 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1431 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1432 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1433 and:
1434 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1435
1436 void
1437 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1438 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1439 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1440 {
1441 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1442 search. */
1443 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1444
1445 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1446 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1447 report higher one. */
1448
1449 bc_l = 0;
1450 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1451 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1452 {
1453 struct bp_location *bl;
1454
1455 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1456 bl = bp_location[bc];
1457
1458 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1459 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1460 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1461 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1462
1463 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1464 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1465 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1466
1467 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1468 >= bl->address)
1469 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1470 <= memaddr))
1471 bc_l = bc;
1472 else
1473 bc_r = bc;
1474 }
1475
1476 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1477 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1478 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1479 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1480 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1481 B:
1482
1483 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1484
1485 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1486 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1487 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1488 and L2. */
1489 while (bc_l > 0
1490 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1491 bc_l--;
1492
1493 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1494
1495 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1496 {
1497 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1498 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1499 int bp_size = 0;
1500 int bptoffset = 0;
1501
1502 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1503 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1504 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1505 bl->owner->number);
1506
1507 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1508 content. */
1509
1510 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1511 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1512 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1513 break;
1514
1515 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1516 continue;
1517 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1518 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1519 continue;
1520
1521 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1522 we need to copy. */
1523 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1524 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1525
1526 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1527 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1528 are reading. */
1529 continue;
1530
1531 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1532 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1533 reading. */
1534 continue;
1535
1536 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1537 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1538 {
1539 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1540 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1541 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1542 bp_addr = memaddr;
1543 }
1544
1545 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1546 {
1547 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1548 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1549 }
1550
1551 if (readbuf != NULL)
1552 {
1553 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1554 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1555 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1556 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1557 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1558
1559 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1560 shadow. */
1561 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1562 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1563 }
1564 else
1565 {
1566 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1567 const unsigned char *bp;
1568 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1569 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1570
1571 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1572 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1573 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1574
1575 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1576 address. */
1577 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1578
1579 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1580 breakpoint's INSN. */
1581 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1582 }
1583 }
1584 }
1585 \f
1586
1587 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1588 breakpoint. */
1589
1590 int
1591 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1592 {
1593 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1594 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1595 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1596 }
1597
1598 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1599
1600 static int
1601 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1602 {
1603 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1605 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1606 }
1607
1608 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1609 software. */
1610
1611 int
1612 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1613 {
1614 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1615 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1616 }
1617
1618 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1619 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1620 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1621 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1622 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1623 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1624 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1625 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1626
1627 static int
1628 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1629 {
1630 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1631 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1632 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1633 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1634 }
1635
1636 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1637 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1638
1639 static void
1640 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1641 {
1642 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1643
1644 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1645 {
1646 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1647 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1648 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1649 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1650 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1651 }
1652 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1653 }
1654
1655 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1656 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1657 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1658 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1659 in b->loc->cond.
1660 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1661
1662 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1663 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1664 it.
1665
1666 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1667 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1668 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1669 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1670 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1671 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1672 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1673 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1674
1675 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1676 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1677 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1678 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1679 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1680 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1681 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1682 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1683 not changed.
1684
1685 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1686 hardware watchpoints:
1687
1688 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1689 called several times when GDB stops.
1690
1691 [linux]
1692 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1693 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1694 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1695 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1696 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1697 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1698 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1699 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1700 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1701 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1702 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1703
1704 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1705 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1706
1707 static void
1708 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1709 {
1710 int within_current_scope;
1711 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1712 int frame_saved;
1713
1714 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1715 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1716 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1717 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1718 return;
1719
1720 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1721 return;
1722
1723 frame_saved = 0;
1724
1725 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1726 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1727 within_current_scope = 1;
1728 else
1729 {
1730 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1731 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1732 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1733
1734 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1735 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1736 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1737 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1738 return;
1739
1740 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1741 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1742 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1743 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1744 selected frame. */
1745 frame_saved = 1;
1746 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1747
1748 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1749 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1750 if (within_current_scope)
1751 select_frame (fi);
1752 }
1753
1754 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1755 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1756 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1757 b->base.loc = NULL;
1758
1759 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1760 {
1761 const char *s;
1762
1763 if (b->exp)
1764 {
1765 xfree (b->exp);
1766 b->exp = NULL;
1767 }
1768 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1769 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1770 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1771 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1772 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1773 be completely different objects. */
1774 value_free (b->val);
1775 b->val = NULL;
1776 b->val_valid = 0;
1777
1778 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1779 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1780 locations (re)created below. */
1781 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1782 {
1783 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1784 {
1785 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1786 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1787 }
1788
1789 s = b->base.cond_string;
1790 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1791 }
1792 }
1793
1794 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1795 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1796 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1797 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1798 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1799 if ( !target_has_execution)
1800 {
1801 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1802 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1803 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1804 }
1805 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1806 {
1807 int pc = 0;
1808 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1809 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1810
1811 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1812
1813 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1814 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1815 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1816 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1817 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1818 watchpoints. */
1819 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1820 {
1821 b->val = v;
1822 b->val_valid = 1;
1823 }
1824
1825 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1826
1827 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1828 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1829 {
1830 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1831 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1832 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1833 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1834 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1835 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1836 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1837 {
1838 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1839
1840 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1841 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1842 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1843 if (v == result
1844 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1845 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1846 {
1847 CORE_ADDR addr;
1848 int type;
1849 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1850
1851 addr = value_address (v);
1852 type = hw_write;
1853 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1854 type = hw_read;
1855 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1856 type = hw_access;
1857
1858 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1859 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1860 ;
1861 *tmp = loc;
1862 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1863
1864 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1865 loc->address = addr;
1866 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1867 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1868 }
1869 }
1870 }
1871
1872 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1873 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1874 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1875 is started. */
1876 if (reparse)
1877 {
1878 int reg_cnt;
1879 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1880 struct bp_location *bl;
1881
1882 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1883
1884 if (reg_cnt)
1885 {
1886 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1887 enum bptype type;
1888
1889 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1890 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1891 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1892
1893 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1894 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1895 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1896 this watchpoint in as well. */
1897
1898 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1899 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1900 hardware watchpoint type. */
1901 type = b->base.type;
1902 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1903 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1904
1905 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1906 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1907 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1908 through watch_command), so always account for it
1909 manually. */
1910
1911 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1912 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1913
1914 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1915 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1916
1917 target_resources_ok
1918 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1919 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1920 {
1921 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1922
1923 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1924 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1925 "hardware watchpoint."));
1926 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1927 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1928 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1929
1930 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1931 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1932 }
1933 else
1934 {
1935 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1936 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1937 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1938 nop. */
1939 b->base.type = type;
1940 }
1941 }
1942 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1943 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1944 "read/access watchpoint."));
1945 else
1946 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1947
1948 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1949 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1950 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1951 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1952 }
1953
1954 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1955 {
1956 next = value_next (v);
1957 if (v != b->val)
1958 value_free (v);
1959 }
1960
1961 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1962 above left it without any location set up. But,
1963 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1964 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1965 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1966 {
1967 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1968 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1969 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1970 base->loc->address = -1;
1971 base->loc->length = -1;
1972 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1973 }
1974 }
1975 else if (!within_current_scope)
1976 {
1977 printf_filtered (_("\
1978 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1979 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1980 b->base.number);
1981 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1982 }
1983
1984 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1985 if (frame_saved)
1986 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1987 }
1988
1989
1990 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1991 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1992 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1993 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1994 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1995 static int
1996 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1997 {
1998 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1999 return 0;
2000
2001 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2002 return 0;
2003
2004 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2005 return 0;
2006
2007 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2008 return 0;
2009
2010 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2011 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2012 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2013 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2014 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2015 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2016 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2017 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2018 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2019 return 0;
2020
2021 return 1;
2022 }
2023
2024 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2025 that the location is not duplicated. */
2026
2027 static int
2028 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2029 {
2030 int result;
2031 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2032
2033 bl->duplicate = 0;
2034 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2035 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2036 return result;
2037 }
2038
2039 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2040 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2041 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2042 any error during parsing. */
2043
2044 static struct agent_expr *
2045 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2046 {
2047 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2048 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2049
2050 if (!cond)
2051 return NULL;
2052
2053 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2054 that may show up. */
2055 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2056 {
2057 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2058 }
2059
2060 if (ex.reason < 0)
2061 {
2062 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2063 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2064 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2065 return NULL;
2066 }
2067
2068 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2069 return aexpr;
2070 }
2071
2072 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2073 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2074 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2075 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2076 one of them is true. */
2077
2078 static void
2079 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2080 {
2081 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2082 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2083 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2084 struct bp_location *loc;
2085
2086 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2087 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2088 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2089 side. */
2090 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2091 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2092 return;
2093
2094 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2095 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2096 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2097 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2098 response back to GDB. */
2099 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2100 {
2101 loc = (*loc2p);
2102 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2103 {
2104 if (modified)
2105 {
2106 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2107
2108 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2109 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2110 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2111 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2112 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2113 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2114
2115 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2116 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2117 to the target. */
2118 if (aexpr)
2119 continue;
2120 }
2121
2122 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2123 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2124 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2125 {
2126 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2127 break;
2128 }
2129 }
2130 }
2131
2132 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2133 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2134 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2135
2136 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2137 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2138 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2139 {
2140 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2141 {
2142 loc = (*loc2p);
2143 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2144 {
2145 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2146 located. */
2147 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2148 return;
2149
2150 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2151 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2152 }
2153 }
2154 }
2155
2156 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2157 for this location's address. */
2158 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2159 {
2160 loc = (*loc2p);
2161 if (loc->cond
2162 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2163 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2164 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2165 && loc->enabled)
2166 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2167 conditions to the target. */
2168 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2169 loc->cond_bytecode);
2170 }
2171
2172 return;
2173 }
2174
2175 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2176 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2177 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2178
2179 static struct agent_expr *
2180 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2181 {
2182 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2183 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2184 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2185 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2186 const char *cmdrest;
2187 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2188 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2189 int nargs;
2190 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2191
2192 if (!cmd)
2193 return NULL;
2194
2195 cmdrest = cmd;
2196
2197 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2198 ++cmdrest;
2199 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2200
2201 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2202 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2203
2204 format_start = cmdrest;
2205
2206 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2207
2208 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2209
2210 format_end = cmdrest;
2211
2212 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2213 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2214
2215 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2216
2217 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2218 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2219
2220 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2221 cmdrest++;
2222 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2223
2224 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2225
2226 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2227 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2228
2229 nargs = 0;
2230 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2231 {
2232 const char *cmd1;
2233
2234 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2235 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2236 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2237 cmdrest = cmd1;
2238 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2239 ++cmdrest;
2240 }
2241
2242 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2243 that may show up. */
2244 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2245 {
2246 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2247 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2248 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2249 }
2250
2251 if (ex.reason < 0)
2252 {
2253 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2254 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2255 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2256 return NULL;
2257 }
2258
2259 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2260
2261 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2262 return aexpr;
2263 }
2264
2265 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2266 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2267 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2268
2269 static void
2270 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2271 {
2272 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2273 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2274 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2275 struct bp_location *loc;
2276
2277 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2278 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2279 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2280 return;
2281
2282 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2283 return;
2284
2285 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2286 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2287 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2288 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2289 response back to GDB. */
2290 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2291 {
2292 loc = (*loc2p);
2293 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2294 {
2295 if (modified)
2296 {
2297 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2298
2299 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2300 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2301 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2302 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2303 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2304 loc->owner->extra_string);
2305 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2306
2307 if (!aexpr)
2308 continue;
2309 }
2310
2311 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2312 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2313 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2314 {
2315 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2316 break;
2317 }
2318 }
2319 }
2320
2321 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2322 and so clean up. */
2323 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2324 {
2325 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2326 {
2327 loc = (*loc2p);
2328 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2329 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2330 {
2331 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2332 located. */
2333 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2334 return;
2335
2336 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2337 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2338 }
2339 }
2340 }
2341
2342 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2343 for this location's address. */
2344 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2345 {
2346 loc = (*loc2p);
2347 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2348 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2349 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2350 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2351 && loc->enabled)
2352 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2353 to send the commands to the target. */
2354 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2355 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2356 }
2357
2358 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2359 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2360 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2361 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2362 }
2363
2364 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2365 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2366 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2367 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2368 -1 for failure.
2369
2370 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2371 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2372 static int
2373 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2374 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2375 int *disabled_breaks,
2376 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2377 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2378 {
2379 int val = 0;
2380 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2381 struct gdb_exception e;
2382
2383 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2384 return 0;
2385
2386 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2387 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2388 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2389 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2390 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2391 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2392 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2393 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2394 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2395 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2396 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2397 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2398
2399 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2400 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2401 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2402 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2403
2404 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2405 {
2406 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2407 build_target_command_list (bl);
2408 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2409 bl->needs_update = 0;
2410 }
2411
2412 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2413 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2414 {
2415 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2416 {
2417 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2418 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2419 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2420
2421 Two important cases are:
2422 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2423 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2424 hardware breakpoint.
2425 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2426 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2427 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2428 so we undo.
2429
2430 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2431 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2432 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2433 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2434 gdb. */
2435 struct mem_region *mr
2436 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2437
2438 if (mr)
2439 {
2440 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2441 {
2442 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2443
2444 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2445 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2446 else
2447 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2448
2449 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2450 {
2451 static int said = 0;
2452
2453 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2454 if (!said)
2455 {
2456 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2457 _("Note: automatically using "
2458 "hardware breakpoints for "
2459 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2460 said = 1;
2461 }
2462 }
2463 }
2464 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2465 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2466 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2467 "at readonly address %s"),
2468 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2469 }
2470 }
2471
2472 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2473 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2474 || bl->section == NULL
2475 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2476 {
2477 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2478 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2479 {
2480 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2481 }
2482 if (e.reason < 0)
2483 {
2484 val = 1;
2485 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2486 }
2487 }
2488 else
2489 {
2490 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2491 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2492 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2493 {
2494 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2495 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2496 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2497 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2498 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2499 bl->owner->number);
2500 else
2501 {
2502 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2503 bl->section);
2504 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2505 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2506 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2507 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2508 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2509 if (val != 0)
2510 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2511 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2512 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2513 bl->owner->number);
2514 }
2515 }
2516 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2517 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2518 {
2519 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2520 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2521 {
2522 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2523 }
2524 if (e.reason < 0)
2525 {
2526 val = 1;
2527 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2528 }
2529 }
2530 else
2531 {
2532 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2533 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2534 return 0;
2535 }
2536 }
2537
2538 if (val)
2539 {
2540 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2541 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2542 {
2543 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2544 val = 0;
2545 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2546 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2547 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2548 {
2549 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2550 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2551 bl->owner->number);
2552 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2553 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2554 "library breakpoints:\n");
2555 }
2556 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2557 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2558 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2559 }
2560 else
2561 {
2562 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2563 {
2564 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2565 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2566 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2567 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2568 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2569 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2571 }
2572 else
2573 {
2574 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2575 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2576 bl->owner->number);
2577 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2578 "Error accessing memory address ");
2579 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2580 tmp_error_stream);
2581 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2582 safe_strerror (val));
2583 }
2584
2585 }
2586 }
2587 else
2588 bl->inserted = 1;
2589
2590 return val;
2591 }
2592
2593 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2594 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2595 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2596 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2597 {
2598 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2599 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2600
2601 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2602
2603 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2604 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2605 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2606 {
2607 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2608
2609 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2610 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2611 of this one. */
2612 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2613 if (loc != bl
2614 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2615 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2616 {
2617 bl->duplicate = 1;
2618 bl->inserted = 1;
2619 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2620 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2621 val = 0;
2622 break;
2623 }
2624
2625 if (val == 1)
2626 {
2627 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2628 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2629
2630 if (val)
2631 /* Back to the original value. */
2632 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2633 }
2634 }
2635
2636 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2637 }
2638
2639 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2640 {
2641 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2642 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2643
2644 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2645 if (val)
2646 {
2647 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2648
2649 if (val == 1)
2650 warning (_("\
2651 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2652 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2653 else
2654 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2655 }
2656
2657 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2658
2659 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2660 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2661 so just return success. */
2662 return 0;
2663 }
2664
2665 return 0;
2666 }
2667
2668 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2669 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2670 PSPACE anymore. */
2671
2672 void
2673 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2674 {
2675 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2676 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2677
2678 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2679 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2680 {
2681 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2682 delete_breakpoint (b);
2683 }
2684
2685 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2686 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2687 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2688 {
2689 struct bp_location *tmp;
2690
2691 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2692 {
2693 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2694 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2695 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2696 else
2697 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2698 if (tmp->next == loc)
2699 {
2700 tmp->next = loc->next;
2701 break;
2702 }
2703 }
2704 }
2705
2706 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2707 removed locations above. */
2708 update_global_location_list (0);
2709 }
2710
2711 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2712 Throws exception on any error.
2713 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2714 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2715 void
2716 insert_breakpoints (void)
2717 {
2718 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2719
2720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2721 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2722 {
2723 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2724
2725 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2726 }
2727
2728 update_global_location_list (1);
2729
2730 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2731 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2732 now. */
2733 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2734 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2735 }
2736
2737 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2738
2739 void
2740 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2741 {
2742 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2743
2744 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2745 {
2746 callback (loc, NULL);
2747 }
2748 }
2749
2750 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2751 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2752 always-inserted mode. */
2753
2754 static void
2755 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2756 {
2757 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2758 int error_flag = 0;
2759 int val = 0;
2760 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2761 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2762 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2763
2764 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2765 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2766
2767 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2768 there was an error. */
2769 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2770
2771 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2772
2773 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2774 {
2775 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2776 breakpoints. */
2777 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2778 continue;
2779
2780 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2781 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2782 deletion of breakpoints. */
2783 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2784 continue;
2785
2786 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2787
2788 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2789 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2790 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2791 insert breakpoints. */
2792 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2793 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2794 continue;
2795
2796 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2797 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2798 if (val)
2799 error_flag = val;
2800 }
2801
2802 if (error_flag)
2803 {
2804 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2805 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2806 }
2807
2808 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2809 }
2810
2811 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2812
2813 static void
2814 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2815 {
2816 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2817 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2818 int error_flag = 0;
2819 int val = 0;
2820 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2821 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2822 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2823
2824 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2825 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2826
2827 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2828 there was an error. */
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2830
2831 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2832
2833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2834 {
2835 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2836 continue;
2837
2838 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2839 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2840 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2841 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2842 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2843 continue;
2844
2845 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2846
2847 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2848 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2849 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2850 insert breakpoints. */
2851 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2852 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2853 continue;
2854
2855 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2856 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2857 if (val)
2858 error_flag = val;
2859 }
2860
2861 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2862 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2864 {
2865 int some_failed = 0;
2866 struct bp_location *loc;
2867
2868 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2869 continue;
2870
2871 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2872 continue;
2873
2874 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2875 continue;
2876
2877 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2878 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2879 {
2880 some_failed = 1;
2881 break;
2882 }
2883 if (some_failed)
2884 {
2885 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2886 if (loc->inserted)
2887 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2888
2889 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2890 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2891 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2892 bpt->number);
2893 error_flag = -1;
2894 }
2895 }
2896
2897 if (error_flag)
2898 {
2899 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2900 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2901 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2902 {
2903 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2904 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2905 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2906 }
2907 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2908 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2909 }
2910
2911 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2912 }
2913
2914 /* Used when the program stops.
2915 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2916 removing a breakpoint location. */
2917
2918 int
2919 remove_breakpoints (void)
2920 {
2921 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2922 int val = 0;
2923
2924 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2925 {
2926 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2927 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2928 }
2929 return val;
2930 }
2931
2932 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2933
2934 int
2935 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2936 {
2937 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2938 int val;
2939 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2940
2941 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2942 {
2943 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2944 continue;
2945
2946 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2947 continue;
2948
2949 if (bl->inserted)
2950 {
2951 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2952 if (val != 0)
2953 return val;
2954 }
2955 }
2956 return 0;
2957 }
2958
2959 int
2960 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2961 {
2962 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2963 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2964 int val;
2965 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2966 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2967 struct inferior *inf;
2968 struct thread_info *tp;
2969
2970 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2971 if (tp == NULL)
2972 return 1;
2973
2974 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2975 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2976
2977 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2978
2979 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2980 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2981
2982 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2983 {
2984 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2985 continue;
2986
2987 if (bl->inserted)
2988 {
2989 bl->inserted = 0;
2990 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2991 if (val != 0)
2992 {
2993 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2994 return val;
2995 }
2996 }
2997 }
2998 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2999 return 0;
3000 }
3001
3002 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3003
3004 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3005 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3006 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3007 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3008 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3009 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3010 static void
3011 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3012 {
3013 if (internal)
3014 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3015 else
3016 {
3017 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3018 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3019 }
3020 }
3021
3022 static struct breakpoint *
3023 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3024 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3025 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3026 {
3027 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3028 struct breakpoint *b;
3029
3030 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3031
3032 sal.pc = address;
3033 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3034 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3035
3036 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3037 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3038 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3039
3040 return b;
3041 }
3042
3043 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3044 {
3045 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3046 };
3047 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3048
3049 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3050 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3051 {
3052 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3053 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3054
3055 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3056 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3057
3058 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3059 int longjmp_searched;
3060
3061 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3062 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3063
3064 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3065 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3066
3067 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3068 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3069
3070 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3071 int exception_searched;
3072
3073 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3074 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3075 };
3076
3077 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3078
3079 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3080 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3081
3082 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3083
3084 static int
3085 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3086 {
3087 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3088 }
3089
3090 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3091 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3092
3093 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3094 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3095 {
3096 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3097
3098 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3099 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3100 {
3101 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3102 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3103
3104 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3105 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3106 }
3107 return bp_objfile_data;
3108 }
3109
3110 static void
3111 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3112 {
3113 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3114
3115 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3116 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3117 }
3118
3119 static void
3120 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3121 {
3122 struct objfile *objfile;
3123 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3124
3125 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3126 {
3127 struct breakpoint *b;
3128 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3129 CORE_ADDR addr;
3130
3131 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3132
3133 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3134 continue;
3135
3136 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3137 {
3138 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3139
3140 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3141 if (m == NULL)
3142 {
3143 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3144 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3145 continue;
3146 }
3147 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3148 }
3149
3150 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3151 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3152 bp_overlay_event,
3153 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3154 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3155
3156 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3157 {
3158 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3159 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3160 }
3161 else
3162 {
3163 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3164 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3165 }
3166 }
3167 update_global_location_list (1);
3168 }
3169
3170 static void
3171 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3172 {
3173 struct program_space *pspace;
3174 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3175
3176 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3177
3178 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3179 {
3180 struct objfile *objfile;
3181
3182 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3183
3184 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3185 {
3186 int i;
3187 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3188 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3189
3190 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3191 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3192 continue;
3193
3194 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3195
3196 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3197 {
3198 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3199 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3200 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3201 }
3202
3203 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3204 {
3205 int i;
3206 struct probe *probe;
3207 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3208
3209 for (i = 0;
3210 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3211 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3212 i, probe);
3213 ++i)
3214 {
3215 struct breakpoint *b;
3216
3217 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3218 bp_longjmp_master,
3219 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3220 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3221 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3222 }
3223
3224 continue;
3225 }
3226
3227 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3228 {
3229 struct breakpoint *b;
3230 const char *func_name;
3231 CORE_ADDR addr;
3232
3233 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3234 continue;
3235
3236 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3237 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3238 {
3239 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3240
3241 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3242 if (m == NULL)
3243 {
3244 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3245 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3246 continue;
3247 }
3248 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3249 }
3250
3251 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3252 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3253 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3254 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3255 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3256 }
3257 }
3258 }
3259 update_global_location_list (1);
3260
3261 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3262 }
3263
3264 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3265 static void
3266 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3267 {
3268 struct program_space *pspace;
3269 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3270 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3271
3272 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3273
3274 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3275 {
3276 struct objfile *objfile;
3277 CORE_ADDR addr;
3278
3279 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3280
3281 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3282 {
3283 struct breakpoint *b;
3284 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3285
3286 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3287
3288 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3289 continue;
3290
3291 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3292 {
3293 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3294
3295 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3296 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3297 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3298 {
3299 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3300 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3301 continue;
3302 }
3303 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3304 }
3305
3306 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3307 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3308 bp_std_terminate_master,
3309 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3310 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3311 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3312 }
3313 }
3314
3315 update_global_location_list (1);
3316
3317 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3318 }
3319
3320 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3321
3322 static void
3323 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3324 {
3325 struct objfile *objfile;
3326 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3327
3328 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3329 {
3330 struct breakpoint *b;
3331 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3332 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3333 CORE_ADDR addr;
3334
3335 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3336
3337 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3338 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3339 {
3340 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3341 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3342 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3343 }
3344
3345 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3346 {
3347 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3348 int i;
3349 struct probe *probe;
3350
3351 for (i = 0;
3352 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3353 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3354 i, probe);
3355 ++i)
3356 {
3357 struct breakpoint *b;
3358
3359 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3360 bp_exception_master,
3361 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3362 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3363 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3364 }
3365
3366 continue;
3367 }
3368
3369 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3370
3371 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3372 continue;
3373
3374 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3375
3376 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3377 {
3378 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3379
3380 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3381 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3382 {
3383 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3384 continue;
3385 }
3386
3387 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3388 }
3389
3390 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3391 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3392 &current_target);
3393 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3394 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3395 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3396 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3397 }
3398
3399 update_global_location_list (1);
3400 }
3401
3402 void
3403 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3404 {
3405 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3406 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3407
3408 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3409 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3410 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3411 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3412 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3413 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3414 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3415 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3416 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3417 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3418 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3419
3420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3421 {
3422 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3423 continue;
3424
3425 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3426 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3427 {
3428 delete_breakpoint (b);
3429 continue;
3430 }
3431
3432 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3433 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3434 {
3435 delete_breakpoint (b);
3436 continue;
3437 }
3438
3439 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3440 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3441 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3442 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3443 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3444 {
3445 delete_breakpoint (b);
3446 continue;
3447 }
3448
3449 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3450 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3451 {
3452 delete_breakpoint (b);
3453 continue;
3454 }
3455
3456 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3457 after an exec. */
3458 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3459 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3460 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3461 {
3462 delete_breakpoint (b);
3463 continue;
3464 }
3465
3466 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3467 {
3468 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3469 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3470 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3471 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3472 continue;
3473 }
3474
3475 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3476 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3477 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3478 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3479 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3480 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3481
3482 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3483 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3484 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3485 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3486 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3487 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3488 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3489
3490 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3491 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3492 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3493 let finish_command delete it.
3494
3495 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3496 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3497 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3498 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3499 solib breakpoints.) */
3500
3501 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3502 {
3503 continue;
3504 }
3505
3506 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3507 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3508 a.out. */
3509 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3510 {
3511 delete_breakpoint (b);
3512 continue;
3513 }
3514 }
3515 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3516 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3517 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3518 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3519 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3520 }
3521
3522 int
3523 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3524 {
3525 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3526 int val = 0;
3527 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3528 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3529
3530 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3531 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3532
3533 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3534 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3535 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3536 {
3537 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3538 continue;
3539
3540 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3541 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3542 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3543 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3544 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3545 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3546 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3547 continue;
3548
3549 if (bl->inserted)
3550 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3551 }
3552
3553 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3554 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3555
3556 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3557 return val;
3558 }
3559
3560 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3561 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3562 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3563 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3564 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3565
3566 static int
3567 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3568 {
3569 int val;
3570
3571 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3572 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3573
3574 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3575 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3576 return 0;
3577
3578 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3579 This should not ever happen. */
3580 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3581
3582 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3583 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3584 {
3585 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3586 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3587 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3588
3589 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3590 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3591 || bl->section == NULL
3592 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3593 {
3594 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3595 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3596 }
3597 else
3598 {
3599 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3600 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3601 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3602 {
3603 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3604 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3605 */
3606 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3607 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3608 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3609 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3610 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3611 else
3612 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3613 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3614 }
3615 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3616 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3617 if (bl->inserted)
3618 {
3619 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3620 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3621 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3622 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3623
3624 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3625 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3626 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3627 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3628 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3629 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3630 else
3631 val = 0;
3632 }
3633 else
3634 {
3635 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3636 val = 0;
3637 }
3638 }
3639
3640 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3641 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3642 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3643 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3644 val = 0;
3645
3646 if (val)
3647 return val;
3648 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3649 }
3650 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3651 {
3652 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3653 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3654
3655 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3656 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3657
3658 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3659 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3660 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3661 bl->owner->number);
3662 }
3663 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3664 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3665 && !bl->duplicate)
3666 {
3667 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3668 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3669
3670 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3671 if (val)
3672 return val;
3673
3674 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3675 }
3676
3677 return 0;
3678 }
3679
3680 static int
3681 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3682 {
3683 int ret;
3684 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3685
3686 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3687 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3688
3689 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3690 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3691 return 0;
3692
3693 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3694 This should not ever happen. */
3695 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3696
3697 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3698
3699 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3700
3701 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3702
3703 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3704 return ret;
3705 }
3706
3707 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3708
3709 void
3710 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3711 {
3712 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3713
3714 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3715 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3716 bl->inserted = 0;
3717 }
3718
3719 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3720 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3721
3722 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3723 between runs.
3724
3725 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3726 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3727 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3728
3729
3730
3731 void
3732 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3733 {
3734 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3735 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3736 int ix;
3737 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3738
3739 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3740 nothing to do. */
3741 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3742 return;
3743
3744 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3745 {
3746 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3747 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3748 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3749 bl->inserted = 0;
3750 }
3751
3752 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3753 {
3754 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3755 continue;
3756
3757 switch (b->type)
3758 {
3759 case bp_call_dummy:
3760 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3761
3762 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3763 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3764 rid of it. */
3765
3766 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3767
3768 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3769
3770 case bp_shlib_event:
3771
3772 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3773 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3774 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3775 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3776 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3777
3778 (gdb) file prog-linux
3779 (gdb) run # native linux target
3780 ...
3781 (gdb) kill
3782 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3783 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3784 */
3785
3786 case bp_step_resume:
3787
3788 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3789
3790 delete_breakpoint (b);
3791 break;
3792
3793 case bp_watchpoint:
3794 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3795 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3796 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3797 {
3798 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3799
3800 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3801 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3802 delete_breakpoint (b);
3803 else if (context == inf_starting)
3804 {
3805 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3806 insert_breakpoints. */
3807 if (w->val)
3808 value_free (w->val);
3809 w->val = NULL;
3810 w->val_valid = 0;
3811 }
3812 }
3813 break;
3814 default:
3815 break;
3816 }
3817 }
3818
3819 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3820 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3821 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3822 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3823 }
3824
3825 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3826 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3827 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3828 match, not program space. */
3829
3830 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3831 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3832 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3833 permanent breakpoint.
3834 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3835 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3836 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3837 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3838 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3839
3840 enum breakpoint_here
3841 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3842 {
3843 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3844 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3845
3846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3847 {
3848 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3849 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3850 continue;
3851
3852 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3853 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3854 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3855 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3856 {
3857 if (overlay_debugging
3858 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3859 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3860 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3861 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3862 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3863 else
3864 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3865 }
3866 }
3867
3868 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3869 }
3870
3871 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3872
3873 int
3874 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3875 {
3876 struct bp_location *loc;
3877 int ix;
3878
3879 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3880 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3881 return 1;
3882
3883 return 0;
3884 }
3885
3886 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3887 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3888 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3889 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3890
3891 int
3892 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3893 CORE_ADDR pc)
3894 {
3895 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3896
3897 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3898 {
3899 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3900 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3901 continue;
3902
3903 if (bl->inserted
3904 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3905 {
3906 if (overlay_debugging
3907 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3908 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3909 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3910 else
3911 return 1;
3912 }
3913 }
3914 return 0;
3915 }
3916
3917 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3918 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3919
3920 int
3921 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3922 {
3923 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3924 return 1;
3925
3926 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3927 return 1;
3928
3929 return 0;
3930 }
3931
3932 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3933 inserted at PC. */
3934
3935 int
3936 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3937 CORE_ADDR pc)
3938 {
3939 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3940
3941 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3942 {
3943 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3944 continue;
3945
3946 if (bl->inserted
3947 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3948 aspace, pc))
3949 {
3950 if (overlay_debugging
3951 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3952 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3953 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3954 else
3955 return 1;
3956 }
3957 }
3958
3959 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3960 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3961 return 1;
3962
3963 return 0;
3964 }
3965
3966 int
3967 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3968 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3969 {
3970 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3971
3972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3973 {
3974 struct bp_location *loc;
3975
3976 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3977 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3978 continue;
3979
3980 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3981 continue;
3982
3983 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3984 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3985 {
3986 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3987
3988 /* Check for intersection. */
3989 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3990 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3991 if (l < h)
3992 return 1;
3993 }
3994 }
3995 return 0;
3996 }
3997
3998 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3999 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4000
4001 int
4002 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4003 ptid_t ptid)
4004 {
4005 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4006 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4007 int thread = -1;
4008 int task = 0;
4009
4010 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4011 {
4012 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4013 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4014 continue;
4015
4016 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4017 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4018 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4019 continue;
4020
4021 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4022 continue;
4023
4024 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4025 {
4026 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4027 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4028 it is now time to do so. */
4029 if (thread == -1)
4030 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4031 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4032 continue;
4033 }
4034
4035 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4036 {
4037 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4038 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4039 it is now time to do so. */
4040 if (task == 0)
4041 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4042 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4043 continue;
4044 }
4045
4046 if (overlay_debugging
4047 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4048 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4049 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4050
4051 return 1;
4052 }
4053
4054 return 0;
4055 }
4056 \f
4057
4058 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4059 in breakpoint.h. */
4060
4061 int
4062 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4063 {
4064 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4065 }
4066
4067 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4068 'next' chain. */
4069
4070 static void
4071 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4072 {
4073 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4074 value_free (bs->old_val);
4075 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4076 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4077 xfree (bs);
4078 }
4079
4080 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4081 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4082
4083 void
4084 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4085 {
4086 bpstat p;
4087 bpstat q;
4088
4089 if (bsp == 0)
4090 return;
4091 p = *bsp;
4092 while (p != NULL)
4093 {
4094 q = p->next;
4095 bpstat_free (p);
4096 p = q;
4097 }
4098 *bsp = NULL;
4099 }
4100
4101 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4102 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4103
4104 bpstat
4105 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4106 {
4107 bpstat p = NULL;
4108 bpstat tmp;
4109 bpstat retval = NULL;
4110
4111 if (bs == NULL)
4112 return bs;
4113
4114 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4115 {
4116 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4117 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4118 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4119 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4120 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4121 {
4122 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4123 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4124 }
4125
4126 if (p == NULL)
4127 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4128 retval = tmp;
4129 else
4130 p->next = tmp;
4131 p = tmp;
4132 }
4133 p->next = NULL;
4134 return retval;
4135 }
4136
4137 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4138
4139 bpstat
4140 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4141 {
4142 if (bsp == NULL)
4143 return NULL;
4144
4145 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4146 {
4147 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4148 return bsp;
4149 }
4150 return NULL;
4151 }
4152
4153 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4154
4155 enum bpstat_signal_value
4156 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp)
4157 {
4158 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4159
4160 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4161 {
4162 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4163 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4164 enum bpstat_signal_value newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4165
4166 if (bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL)
4167 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at);
4168
4169 if (newval > result)
4170 result = newval;
4171 }
4172
4173 return result;
4174 }
4175
4176 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4177 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4178 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4179 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4180
4181 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4182 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4183 we set it.
4184 Return 1 otherwise. */
4185
4186 int
4187 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4188 {
4189 struct breakpoint *b;
4190
4191 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4192 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4193
4194 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4195 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4196 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4197 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4198 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4199 if (b == NULL)
4200 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4201
4202 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4203 return 1;
4204 }
4205
4206 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4207
4208 void
4209 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4210 {
4211 struct thread_info *tp;
4212 bpstat bs;
4213
4214 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4215 return;
4216
4217 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4218 if (tp == NULL)
4219 return;
4220
4221 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4222 {
4223 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4224
4225 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4226 {
4227 value_free (bs->old_val);
4228 bs->old_val = NULL;
4229 }
4230 }
4231 }
4232
4233 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4234
4235 static void
4236 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4237 {
4238 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4239 {
4240 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4241
4242 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4243 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4244 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4245 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4246 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4247 return;
4248 }
4249
4250 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4251 }
4252
4253 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4254 command. */
4255 static void
4256 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4257 {
4258 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4259 }
4260
4261 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4262 or its equivalent. */
4263
4264 static int
4265 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4266 {
4267 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4268 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4269 }
4270
4271 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4272 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4273 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4274 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4275
4276 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4277 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4278 bpstat of the current thread. */
4279
4280 static int
4281 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4282 {
4283 bpstat bs;
4284 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4285 int again = 0;
4286
4287 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4288 in bs->commands. */
4289 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4290 return 0;
4291
4292 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4293 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4294
4295 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4296
4297 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4298 bs = *bsp;
4299
4300 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4301 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4302 {
4303 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4304 struct command_line *cmd;
4305 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4306
4307 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4308
4309 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4310 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4311 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4312 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4313 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4314 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4315 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4316 the tree when we're done. */
4317 ccmd = bs->commands;
4318 bs->commands = NULL;
4319 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4320 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4321 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4322 {
4323 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4324 cmd = cmd->next;
4325 }
4326
4327 while (cmd != NULL)
4328 {
4329 execute_control_command (cmd);
4330
4331 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4332 break;
4333 else
4334 cmd = cmd->next;
4335 }
4336
4337 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4338 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4339
4340 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4341 {
4342 if (target_can_async_p ())
4343 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4344 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4345 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4346 ;
4347 else
4348 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4349 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4350 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4351 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4352 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4353 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4354 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4355 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4356 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4357 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4358 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4359 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4360 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4361 again = 1;
4362 break;
4363 }
4364 }
4365 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4366 return again;
4367 }
4368
4369 void
4370 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4371 {
4372 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4373
4374 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4375 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4376 && target_has_execution
4377 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4378 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4379 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4380 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4381 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4382 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4383 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4384 break;
4385
4386 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4387 }
4388
4389 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4390
4391 static void
4392 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4393 {
4394 if (val == NULL)
4395 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4396 else
4397 {
4398 struct value_print_options opts;
4399 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4400 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4401 }
4402 }
4403
4404 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4405 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4406 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4407 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4408 normal_stop(). */
4409
4410 static enum print_stop_action
4411 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4412 {
4413 switch (bs->print_it)
4414 {
4415 case print_it_noop:
4416 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4417 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4418 break;
4419
4420 case print_it_done:
4421 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4422 relevant messages. */
4423 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4424 break;
4425
4426 case print_it_normal:
4427 {
4428 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4429
4430 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4431 which has since been deleted. */
4432 if (b == NULL)
4433 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4434
4435 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4436 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4437 }
4438 break;
4439
4440 default:
4441 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4442 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4443 break;
4444 }
4445 }
4446
4447 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4448
4449 static void
4450 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4451 {
4452 int any_deleted
4453 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4454 int any_added
4455 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4456
4457 if (!is_catchpoint)
4458 {
4459 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4460 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4461 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4462 else
4463 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4464 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4465 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4466 }
4467
4468 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4469 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4470 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4471
4472 if (any_deleted)
4473 {
4474 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4475 char *name;
4476 int ix;
4477
4478 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4479 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4480 "removed");
4481 for (ix = 0;
4482 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4483 ix, name);
4484 ++ix)
4485 {
4486 if (ix > 0)
4487 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4488 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4489 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4490 }
4491
4492 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4493 }
4494
4495 if (any_added)
4496 {
4497 struct so_list *iter;
4498 int ix;
4499 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4500
4501 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4502 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4503 "added");
4504 for (ix = 0;
4505 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4506 ix, iter);
4507 ++ix)
4508 {
4509 if (ix > 0)
4510 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4511 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4512 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4513 }
4514
4515 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4516 }
4517 }
4518
4519 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4520 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4521 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4522 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4523 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4524 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4525 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4526 routine is one of:
4527
4528 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4529 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4530 code to print the location. An example is
4531 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4532 the location.
4533 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4534 to also print the location part of the message.
4535 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4536 don't require a location appended to the end.
4537 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4538 further info to be printed. */
4539
4540 enum print_stop_action
4541 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4542 {
4543 int val;
4544
4545 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4546 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4547 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4548 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4549 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4550 {
4551 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4552 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4553 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4554 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4555 return val;
4556 }
4557
4558 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4559 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4560 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4561 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4562 {
4563 print_solib_event (0);
4564 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4565 }
4566
4567 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4568 with and nothing was printed. */
4569 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4570 }
4571
4572 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4573 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4574 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4575 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4576
4577 static int
4578 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4579 {
4580 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4581 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4582
4583 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4584 return i;
4585 }
4586
4587 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4588
4589 static bpstat
4590 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4591 {
4592 bpstat bs;
4593
4594 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4595 bs->next = NULL;
4596 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4597 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4598 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4599 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4600 incref_bp_location (bl);
4601 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4602 bs->commands = NULL;
4603 bs->old_val = NULL;
4604 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4605 return bs;
4606 }
4607 \f
4608 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4609 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4610
4611 int
4612 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4613 {
4614 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4615 CORE_ADDR addr;
4616 struct breakpoint *b;
4617
4618 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4619 {
4620 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4621 as not triggered. */
4622 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4623 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4624 {
4625 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4626
4627 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4628 }
4629
4630 return 0;
4631 }
4632
4633 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4634 {
4635 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4636 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4637 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4638 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4639 {
4640 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4641
4642 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4643 }
4644
4645 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4646 }
4647
4648 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4649 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4650 triggered. */
4651
4652 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4653 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4654 {
4655 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4656 struct bp_location *loc;
4657
4658 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4659 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4660 {
4661 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4662 {
4663 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4664 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4665
4666 if (newaddr == start)
4667 {
4668 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4669 break;
4670 }
4671 }
4672 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4673 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4674 addr, loc->address,
4675 loc->length))
4676 {
4677 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4678 break;
4679 }
4680 }
4681 }
4682
4683 return 1;
4684 }
4685
4686 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4687 because of check_errors). */
4688 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4689 #define WP_DELETED 1
4690 /* The value has changed. */
4691 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4692 /* The value has not changed. */
4693 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4694 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4695 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4696
4697 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4698 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4699
4700 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4701 changed.
4702
4703 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4704 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4705
4706 static int
4707 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4708 {
4709 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4710 struct watchpoint *b;
4711 struct frame_info *fr;
4712 int within_current_scope;
4713
4714 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4715 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4716 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4717
4718 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4719 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4720 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4721 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4722 return WP_IGNORE;
4723
4724 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4725 within_current_scope = 1;
4726 else
4727 {
4728 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4729 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4730 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4731
4732 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4733 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4734 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4735 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4736 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4737 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4738 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4739 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4740 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4741 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4742 return WP_IGNORE;
4743
4744 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4745 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4746
4747 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4748 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4749 if (within_current_scope)
4750 {
4751 struct symbol *function;
4752
4753 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4754 if (function == NULL
4755 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4756 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4757 within_current_scope = 0;
4758 }
4759
4760 if (within_current_scope)
4761 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4762 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4763 the user. */
4764 select_frame (fr);
4765 }
4766
4767 if (within_current_scope)
4768 {
4769 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4770 time before we return to the command level and call
4771 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4772 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4773
4774 int pc = 0;
4775 struct value *mark;
4776 struct value *new_val;
4777
4778 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4779 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4780 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4781 a mask watchpoint. */
4782 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4783
4784 mark = value_mark ();
4785 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4786
4787 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4788 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4789 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4790 not what we want. */
4791 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4792 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4793 {
4794 if (new_val != NULL)
4795 {
4796 release_value (new_val);
4797 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4798 }
4799 bs->old_val = b->val;
4800 b->val = new_val;
4801 b->val_valid = 1;
4802 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4803 }
4804 else
4805 {
4806 /* Nothing changed. */
4807 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4808 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4809 }
4810 }
4811 else
4812 {
4813 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4814
4815 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4816 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4817 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4818 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4819 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4820 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4821 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4822 the first value assigned). */
4823 /* We print all the stop information in
4824 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4825 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4826 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4827 here. */
4828 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4829 ui_out_field_string
4830 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4831 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4832 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4833 ui_out_text (uiout,
4834 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4835 which its expression is valid.\n");
4836
4837 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4838 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4839 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4840
4841 return WP_DELETED;
4842 }
4843 }
4844
4845 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4846 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4847 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4848
4849 static int
4850 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4851 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4852 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4853 {
4854 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4855
4856 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4857 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4858
4859 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4860 }
4861
4862 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4863 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4864
4865 static void
4866 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4867 {
4868 const struct bp_location *bl;
4869 struct watchpoint *b;
4870
4871 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4872 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4873 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4874 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4875 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4876
4877 {
4878 int must_check_value = 0;
4879
4880 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4881 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4882 watched value. */
4883 must_check_value = 1;
4884 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4885 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4886 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4887 this watchpoint. */
4888 must_check_value = 1;
4889 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4890 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4891 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4892 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4893 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4894 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4895 must_check_value = 1;
4896
4897 if (must_check_value)
4898 {
4899 char *message
4900 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4901 b->base.number);
4902 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4903 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4904 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4905 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4906 switch (e)
4907 {
4908 case WP_DELETED:
4909 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4910 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4911 /* Stop. */
4912 break;
4913 case WP_IGNORE:
4914 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4915 bs->stop = 0;
4916 break;
4917 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4918 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4919 {
4920 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4921
4922 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4923 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4924 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4925 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4926 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4927 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4928 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4929 old value.
4930
4931 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4932 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4933 happen:
4934
4935 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4936 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4937 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4938 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4939
4940 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4941 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4942 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4943 watchpoint.
4944
4945 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4946 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4947 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4948 changes. This still gives false positives when
4949 the program writes the same value to memory as
4950 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4951 it for a read), but it's much better than
4952 nothing. */
4953
4954 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4955
4956 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4957 {
4958 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4959
4960 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4961 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4962 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4963 {
4964 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4965 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4966
4967 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4968 == watch_triggered_yes)
4969 {
4970 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4971 break;
4972 }
4973 }
4974 }
4975
4976 if (other_write_watchpoint
4977 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4978 {
4979 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4980 and the value changed since the last time we
4981 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4982 Ignore it. */
4983 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4984 bs->stop = 0;
4985 }
4986 }
4987 break;
4988 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4989 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4990 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4991 {
4992 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4993 the value hasn't changed. */
4994 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4995 bs->stop = 0;
4996 }
4997 /* Stop. */
4998 break;
4999 default:
5000 /* Can't happen. */
5001 case 0:
5002 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5003 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5004 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5005 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5006 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5007 break;
5008 }
5009 }
5010 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5011 {
5012 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5013 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5014 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5015 anything for this watchpoint. */
5016 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5017 bs->stop = 0;
5018 }
5019 }
5020 }
5021
5022
5023 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5024 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5025 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5026
5027 static void
5028 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5029 {
5030 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5031 const struct bp_location *bl;
5032 struct breakpoint *b;
5033
5034 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5035 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5036 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5037 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5038 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5039
5040 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5041 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5042 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5043
5044 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5045 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5046 bs->stop = 0;
5047 else if (bs->stop)
5048 {
5049 int value_is_zero = 0;
5050 struct expression *cond;
5051
5052 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5053 method implemented. */
5054 if (b->py_bp_object)
5055 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5056
5057 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5058 {
5059 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5060
5061 cond = w->cond_exp;
5062 }
5063 else
5064 cond = bl->cond;
5065
5066 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5067 {
5068 int within_current_scope = 1;
5069 struct watchpoint * w;
5070
5071 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5072 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5073 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5074 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5075 function call. */
5076 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5077
5078 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5079 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5080 else
5081 w = NULL;
5082
5083 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5084 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5085 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5086 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5087 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5088 call site. */
5089 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5090 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5091 else
5092 {
5093 struct frame_info *frame;
5094
5095 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5096 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5097 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5098 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5099 really matter which instantiation of the function
5100 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5101 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5102 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5103 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5104 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5105 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5106 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5107 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5108 intuitive. */
5109 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5110 if (frame != NULL)
5111 select_frame (frame);
5112 else
5113 within_current_scope = 0;
5114 }
5115 if (within_current_scope)
5116 value_is_zero
5117 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5118 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5119 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5120 else
5121 {
5122 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5123 "in the current scope"));
5124 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5125 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5126 value_is_zero = 0;
5127 }
5128 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5129 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5130 }
5131
5132 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5133 {
5134 bs->stop = 0;
5135 }
5136 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5137 {
5138 bs->stop = 0;
5139 }
5140 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5141 {
5142 b->ignore_count--;
5143 bs->stop = 0;
5144 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5145 ++(b->hit_count);
5146 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5147 }
5148 }
5149 }
5150
5151
5152 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5153 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5154
5155 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5156 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5157 that:
5158
5159 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5160
5161 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5162
5163 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5164 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5165 several reasons concurrently.)
5166
5167 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5168 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5169
5170 bpstat
5171 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5172 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5173 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5174 {
5175 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5176 struct bp_location *bl;
5177 struct bp_location *loc;
5178 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5179 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5180 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5181 bpstat bs;
5182 int ix;
5183 int need_remove_insert;
5184 int removed_any;
5185
5186 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5187 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5188 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5189 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5190 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5191 inferior function calls. */
5192
5193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5194 {
5195 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5196 continue;
5197
5198 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5199 {
5200 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5201 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5202 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5203 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5204 checked all locations already. */
5205 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5206 break;
5207
5208 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5209 continue;
5210
5211 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5212 continue;
5213
5214 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5215 matches. */
5216
5217 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5218 explain stop. */
5219
5220 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5221 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5222 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5223 bs->stop = 1;
5224 bs->print = 1;
5225
5226 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5227 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5228 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5229 iteration. */
5230 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5231 {
5232 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5233
5234 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5235 }
5236 }
5237 }
5238
5239 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5240 {
5241 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5242 {
5243 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5244 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5245 bs->stop = 0;
5246 bs->print = 0;
5247 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5248 }
5249 }
5250
5251 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5252 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5253 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5254 "catch unload". */
5255 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5256 {
5257 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5258 {
5259 handle_solib_event ();
5260 break;
5261 }
5262 }
5263
5264 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5265 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5266 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5267
5268 removed_any = 0;
5269
5270 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5271 {
5272 if (!bs->stop)
5273 continue;
5274
5275 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5276 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5277 if (bs->stop)
5278 {
5279 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5280
5281 if (bs->stop)
5282 {
5283 ++(b->hit_count);
5284 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5285
5286 /* We will stop here. */
5287 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5288 {
5289 --(b->enable_count);
5290 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5291 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5292 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5293 removed_any = 1;
5294 }
5295 if (b->silent)
5296 bs->print = 0;
5297 bs->commands = b->commands;
5298 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5299 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5300 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5301 bs->print = 0;
5302 }
5303
5304 }
5305
5306 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5307 print. */
5308 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5309 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5310 }
5311
5312 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5313 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5314 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5315 done later. */
5316 need_remove_insert = 0;
5317 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5318 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5319 if (!bs->stop
5320 && bs->breakpoint_at
5321 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5322 {
5323 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5324
5325 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5326 need_remove_insert = 1;
5327 }
5328
5329 if (need_remove_insert)
5330 update_global_location_list (1);
5331 else if (removed_any)
5332 update_global_location_list (0);
5333
5334 return bs_head;
5335 }
5336
5337 static void
5338 handle_jit_event (void)
5339 {
5340 struct frame_info *frame;
5341 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5342
5343 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5344 breakpoint_re_set. */
5345 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5346
5347 frame = get_current_frame ();
5348 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5349
5350 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5351
5352 target_terminal_inferior ();
5353 }
5354
5355 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5356
5357 void
5358 handle_solib_event (void)
5359 {
5360 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5361
5362 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5363 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5364 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5365 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5366 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5367 target_terminal_inferior ();
5368 }
5369
5370 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5371
5372 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5373
5374 struct bpstat_what
5375 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5376 {
5377 struct bpstat_what retval;
5378 int jit_event = 0;
5379 bpstat bs;
5380
5381 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5382 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5383 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5384
5385 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5386 {
5387 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5388 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5389 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5390 enum bptype bptype;
5391
5392 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5393 {
5394 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5395 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5396 bptype = bp_none;
5397 }
5398 else
5399 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5400
5401 switch (bptype)
5402 {
5403 case bp_none:
5404 break;
5405 case bp_breakpoint:
5406 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5407 case bp_until:
5408 case bp_finish:
5409 case bp_shlib_event:
5410 if (bs->stop)
5411 {
5412 if (bs->print)
5413 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5414 else
5415 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5416 }
5417 else
5418 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5419 break;
5420 case bp_watchpoint:
5421 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5422 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5423 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5424 if (bs->stop)
5425 {
5426 if (bs->print)
5427 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5428 else
5429 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5430 }
5431 else
5432 {
5433 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5434 This requires no further action. */
5435 }
5436 break;
5437 case bp_longjmp:
5438 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5439 case bp_exception:
5440 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5441 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5442 break;
5443 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5444 case bp_exception_resume:
5445 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5446 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5447 break;
5448 case bp_step_resume:
5449 if (bs->stop)
5450 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5451 else
5452 {
5453 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5454 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5455 }
5456 break;
5457 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5458 if (bs->stop)
5459 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5460 else
5461 {
5462 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5463 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5464 }
5465 break;
5466 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5467 case bp_thread_event:
5468 case bp_overlay_event:
5469 case bp_longjmp_master:
5470 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5471 case bp_exception_master:
5472 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5473 break;
5474 case bp_catchpoint:
5475 if (bs->stop)
5476 {
5477 if (bs->print)
5478 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5479 else
5480 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5481 }
5482 else
5483 {
5484 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5485 This requires no further action. */
5486 }
5487 break;
5488 case bp_jit_event:
5489 jit_event = 1;
5490 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5491 break;
5492 case bp_call_dummy:
5493 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5494 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5495 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5496 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5497 break;
5498 case bp_std_terminate:
5499 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5500 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5501 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5502 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5503 break;
5504 case bp_tracepoint:
5505 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5506 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5507 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5508 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5509 out already. */
5510 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5511 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5512 break;
5513 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5514 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5515 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5516 break;
5517 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5518 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5519 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5520 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5521 break;
5522
5523 case bp_dprintf:
5524 if (bs->stop)
5525 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5526 else
5527 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5528 break;
5529
5530 default:
5531 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5532 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5533 }
5534
5535 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5536 }
5537
5538 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5539 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5540
5541 if (jit_event)
5542 {
5543 if (debug_infrun)
5544 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5545
5546 handle_jit_event ();
5547 }
5548
5549 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5550 {
5551 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5552
5553 if (b == NULL)
5554 continue;
5555 switch (b->type)
5556 {
5557 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5558 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5559 break;
5560 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5561 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5562 break;
5563 }
5564 }
5565
5566 return retval;
5567 }
5568
5569 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5570 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5571 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5572
5573 int
5574 bpstat_should_step (void)
5575 {
5576 struct breakpoint *b;
5577
5578 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5579 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5580 return 1;
5581 return 0;
5582 }
5583
5584 int
5585 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5586 {
5587 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5588 if (bs->stop)
5589 return 1;
5590
5591 return 0;
5592 }
5593
5594 \f
5595
5596 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5597 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5598 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5599
5600 static char *
5601 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5602 {
5603 static char wrap_indent[80];
5604 int i, total_width, width, align;
5605 char *text;
5606
5607 total_width = 0;
5608 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5609 {
5610 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5611 {
5612 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5613 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5614 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5615
5616 return wrap_indent;
5617 }
5618
5619 total_width += width + 1;
5620 }
5621
5622 return NULL;
5623 }
5624
5625 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5626 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5627
5628 "host": Host evals condition.
5629 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5630 "target": Target evals condition.
5631 */
5632
5633 static const char *
5634 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5635 {
5636 struct bp_location *bl;
5637 char host_evals = 0;
5638 char target_evals = 0;
5639
5640 if (!b)
5641 return NULL;
5642
5643 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5644 return NULL;
5645
5646 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5647 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5648 return condition_evaluation_host;
5649
5650 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5651 {
5652 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5653 target_evals++;
5654 else
5655 host_evals++;
5656 }
5657
5658 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5659 return condition_evaluation_both;
5660 else if (target_evals)
5661 return condition_evaluation_target;
5662 else
5663 return condition_evaluation_host;
5664 }
5665
5666 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5667 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5668
5669 static const char *
5670 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5671 {
5672 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5673 return NULL;
5674
5675 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5676 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5677 return condition_evaluation_host;
5678
5679 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5680 return condition_evaluation_target;
5681 else
5682 return condition_evaluation_host;
5683 }
5684
5685 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5686
5687 static void
5688 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5689 struct bp_location *loc)
5690 {
5691 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5692 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5693
5694 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5695 loc = NULL;
5696
5697 if (loc != NULL)
5698 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5699
5700 if (b->display_canonical)
5701 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5702 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5703 {
5704 struct symbol *sym
5705 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5706 if (sym)
5707 {
5708 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5709 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5710 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5711 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5712 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5713 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5714 }
5715 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5716 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5717 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5718
5719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5720 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5721 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5722
5723 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5724 }
5725 else if (loc)
5726 {
5727 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5728 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5729
5730 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5731 demangle, "");
5732 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5733
5734 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5735 }
5736 else
5737 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5738
5739 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5740 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5741 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5742 {
5743 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5744 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5745 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5746 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5747 }
5748
5749 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5750 }
5751
5752 static const char *
5753 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5754 {
5755 struct ep_type_description
5756 {
5757 enum bptype type;
5758 char *description;
5759 };
5760 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5761 {
5762 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5763 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5764 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5765 {bp_until, "until"},
5766 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5767 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5768 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5769 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5770 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5771 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5772 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5773 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5774 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5775 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5776 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5777 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5778 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5779 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5780 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5781 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5782 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5783 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5784 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5785 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5786 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5787 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5788 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5789 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5790 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5791 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5792 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5793 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5794 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5795 };
5796
5797 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5798 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5799 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5800 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5801 (int) type);
5802
5803 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5804 }
5805
5806 DEF_VEC_I(int);
5807
5808 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5809 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5810
5811 static void
5812 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5813 const char *field_name,
5814 VEC(int) *inf_num,
5815 int mi_only)
5816 {
5817 struct cleanup *back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout,
5818 field_name);
5819 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5820 int inf;
5821 int i;
5822
5823 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5824 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5825 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5826 return;
5827
5828 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5829 {
5830 if (is_mi)
5831 {
5832 char mi_group[10];
5833
5834 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5835 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5836 }
5837 else
5838 {
5839 if (i == 0)
5840 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5841 else
5842 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5843
5844 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5845 }
5846 }
5847
5848 do_cleanups (back_to);
5849 }
5850
5851 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5852
5853 static void
5854 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5855 struct bp_location *loc,
5856 int loc_number,
5857 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5858 int allflag)
5859 {
5860 struct command_line *l;
5861 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5862
5863 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5864 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5865 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5866 struct value_print_options opts;
5867
5868 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5869
5870 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5871 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5872 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5873 if (loc == NULL
5874 && (b->loc != NULL
5875 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5876 header_of_multiple = 1;
5877 if (loc == NULL)
5878 loc = b->loc;
5879
5880 annotate_record ();
5881
5882 /* 1 */
5883 annotate_field (0);
5884 if (part_of_multiple)
5885 {
5886 char *formatted;
5887 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5888 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5889 xfree (formatted);
5890 }
5891 else
5892 {
5893 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5894 }
5895
5896 /* 2 */
5897 annotate_field (1);
5898 if (part_of_multiple)
5899 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5900 else
5901 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5902
5903 /* 3 */
5904 annotate_field (2);
5905 if (part_of_multiple)
5906 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5907 else
5908 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5909
5910
5911 /* 4 */
5912 annotate_field (3);
5913 if (part_of_multiple)
5914 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5915 else
5916 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5917 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5918 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5919
5920
5921 /* 5 and 6 */
5922 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5923 {
5924 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5925 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5926 make sure there's just one location. */
5927 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5928 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5929 }
5930 else
5931 switch (b->type)
5932 {
5933 case bp_none:
5934 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5935 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5936 break;
5937
5938 case bp_watchpoint:
5939 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5940 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5941 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5942 {
5943 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5944
5945 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5946 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5947 is relatively readable). */
5948 if (opts.addressprint)
5949 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5950 annotate_field (5);
5951 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5952 }
5953 break;
5954
5955 case bp_breakpoint:
5956 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5957 case bp_until:
5958 case bp_finish:
5959 case bp_longjmp:
5960 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5961 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5962 case bp_exception:
5963 case bp_exception_resume:
5964 case bp_step_resume:
5965 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5966 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5967 case bp_call_dummy:
5968 case bp_std_terminate:
5969 case bp_shlib_event:
5970 case bp_thread_event:
5971 case bp_overlay_event:
5972 case bp_longjmp_master:
5973 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5974 case bp_exception_master:
5975 case bp_tracepoint:
5976 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5977 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5978 case bp_dprintf:
5979 case bp_jit_event:
5980 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5981 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5982 if (opts.addressprint)
5983 {
5984 annotate_field (4);
5985 if (header_of_multiple)
5986 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5987 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5988 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5989 else
5990 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5991 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5992 }
5993 annotate_field (5);
5994 if (!header_of_multiple)
5995 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5996 if (b->loc)
5997 *last_loc = b->loc;
5998 break;
5999 }
6000
6001
6002 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6003 {
6004 struct inferior *inf;
6005 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6006 int mi_only = 1;
6007
6008 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6009 {
6010 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6011 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6012 }
6013
6014 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6015 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6016 if (allflag
6017 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6018 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6019 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6020 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6021 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6022 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6023 mi_only = 0;
6024 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6025 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6026 }
6027
6028 if (!part_of_multiple)
6029 {
6030 if (b->thread != -1)
6031 {
6032 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6033 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6034 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6035 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6036 }
6037 else if (b->task != 0)
6038 {
6039 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6040 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6041 }
6042 }
6043
6044 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6045
6046 if (!part_of_multiple)
6047 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6048
6049 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6050 {
6051 annotate_field (6);
6052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6053 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6054 the frame ID. */
6055 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6056 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6057 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6058 }
6059
6060 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6061 {
6062 annotate_field (7);
6063 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6064 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6065 else
6066 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6067 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6068
6069 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6070 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6071 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6072 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6073 == condition_evaluation_target)
6074 {
6075 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6076 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6077 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6078 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6079 }
6080 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6081 }
6082
6083 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6084 {
6085 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6086 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6087 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6088 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6089 }
6090
6091 if (!part_of_multiple)
6092 {
6093 if (b->hit_count)
6094 {
6095 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6096 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6097 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6098 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6099 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6100 else
6101 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6102 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6103 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6104 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6105 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6106 else
6107 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6108 }
6109 else
6110 {
6111 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6112 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6113 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6114 }
6115 }
6116
6117 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6118 {
6119 annotate_field (8);
6120 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6121 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6122 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6123 }
6124
6125 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6126 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6127 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6128 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6129 {
6130 annotate_field (8);
6131 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6132 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6133 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6134 if (b->ignore_count)
6135 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6136 else
6137 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6138 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6139 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6140 }
6141
6142 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6143 {
6144 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6145
6146 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6147 {
6148 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6149 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6150 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6151 }
6152 }
6153
6154 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6155 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6156 {
6157 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6158
6159 annotate_field (9);
6160 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6161 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6162 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6163 }
6164
6165 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6166 {
6167 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6168
6169 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6170 {
6171 annotate_field (10);
6172 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6173 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6174 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6175 }
6176
6177 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6178 pending. */
6179 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6180 {
6181 annotate_field (11);
6182
6183 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6184 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6185 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6186 else
6187 {
6188 if (loc->inserted)
6189 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6190 else
6191 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6192 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6193 }
6194 }
6195 }
6196
6197 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6198 {
6199 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6200 {
6201 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6202
6203 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6204 }
6205 else if (b->addr_string)
6206 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6207 }
6208 }
6209
6210 static void
6211 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6212 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6213 int allflag)
6214 {
6215 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6216 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6217
6218 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6219
6220 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6221 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6222
6223 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6224 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6225 locations, if any. */
6226 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6227 {
6228 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6229 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6230 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6231 situation.
6232
6233 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6234 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6235 if (b->loc
6236 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6237 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6238 {
6239 struct bp_location *loc;
6240 int n = 1;
6241
6242 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6243 {
6244 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6245 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6246 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6247 do_cleanups (inner2);
6248 }
6249 }
6250 }
6251 }
6252
6253 static int
6254 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6255 {
6256 int print_address_bits = 0;
6257 struct bp_location *loc;
6258
6259 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6260 {
6261 int addr_bit;
6262
6263 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6264 an address to print. */
6265 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6266 continue;
6267
6268 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6269 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6270 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6271 }
6272
6273 return print_address_bits;
6274 }
6275
6276 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6277 {
6278 int bnum;
6279 };
6280
6281 static int
6282 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6283 {
6284 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6285 struct breakpoint *b;
6286 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6287
6288 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6289 {
6290 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6291 {
6292 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6293 return GDB_RC_OK;
6294 }
6295 }
6296 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6297 }
6298
6299 enum gdb_rc
6300 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6301 char **error_message)
6302 {
6303 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6304
6305 args.bnum = bnum;
6306 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6307 an error. */
6308 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6309 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6310 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6311 else
6312 return GDB_RC_OK;
6313 }
6314
6315 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6316 internal or momentary. */
6317
6318 int
6319 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6320 {
6321 return b->number > 0;
6322 }
6323
6324 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6325 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6326 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6327 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6328 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6329 breakpoints listed. */
6330
6331 static int
6332 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6333 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6334 {
6335 struct breakpoint *b;
6336 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6337 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6338 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6339 struct value_print_options opts;
6340 int print_address_bits = 0;
6341 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6342 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6343
6344 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6345
6346 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6347 required for address fields. */
6348 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6349 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6350 {
6351 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6352 if (filter && !filter (b))
6353 continue;
6354
6355 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6356 accept. Skip the others. */
6357 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6358 {
6359 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6360 continue;
6361 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6362 continue;
6363 }
6364
6365 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6366 {
6367 int addr_bit, type_len;
6368
6369 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6370 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6371 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6372
6373 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6374 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6375 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6376
6377 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6378 }
6379 }
6380
6381 if (opts.addressprint)
6382 bkpttbl_chain
6383 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6384 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6385 "BreakpointTable");
6386 else
6387 bkpttbl_chain
6388 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6389 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6390 "BreakpointTable");
6391
6392 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6393 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6394 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6395 annotate_field (0);
6396 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6397 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6398 annotate_field (1);
6399 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6400 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6401 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6402 annotate_field (2);
6403 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6404 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6405 annotate_field (3);
6406 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6407 if (opts.addressprint)
6408 {
6409 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6410 annotate_field (4);
6411 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6412 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6413 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6414 else
6415 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6416 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6417 }
6418 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6419 annotate_field (5);
6420 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6421 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6422 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6423 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6424
6425 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6426 {
6427 QUIT;
6428 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6429 if (filter && !filter (b))
6430 continue;
6431
6432 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6433 accept. Skip the others. */
6434
6435 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6436 {
6437 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6438 {
6439 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6440 continue;
6441 }
6442 else /* all others */
6443 {
6444 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6445 continue;
6446 }
6447 }
6448 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6449 allflag is set. */
6450 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6451 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6452 }
6453
6454 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6455
6456 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6457 {
6458 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6459 empty list. */
6460 if (!filter)
6461 {
6462 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6463 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6464 else
6465 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6466 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6467 args);
6468 }
6469 }
6470 else
6471 {
6472 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6473 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6474 }
6475
6476 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6477 there have been breakpoints? */
6478 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6479
6480 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6481 }
6482
6483 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6484 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6485
6486 static void
6487 default_collect_info (void)
6488 {
6489 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6490
6491 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6492 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6493 not wanted. */
6494 if (!*default_collect)
6495 return;
6496
6497 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6498 actions. */
6499 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6500 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6501 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6502 }
6503
6504 static void
6505 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6506 {
6507 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6508
6509 default_collect_info ();
6510 }
6511
6512 static void
6513 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6514 {
6515 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6516 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6517
6518 if (num_printed == 0)
6519 {
6520 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6521 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6522 else
6523 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6524 }
6525 }
6526
6527 static void
6528 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6529 {
6530 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6531
6532 default_collect_info ();
6533 }
6534
6535 static int
6536 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6537 struct program_space *pspace,
6538 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6539 {
6540 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6541
6542 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6543 {
6544 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6545 && bl->address == pc
6546 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6547 return 1;
6548 }
6549 return 0;
6550 }
6551
6552 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6553 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6554 address spaces. */
6555
6556 static void
6557 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6558 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6559 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6560 {
6561 int others = 0;
6562 struct breakpoint *b;
6563
6564 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6565 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6566 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6567 if (others > 0)
6568 {
6569 if (others == 1)
6570 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6571 else /* if (others == ???) */
6572 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6573 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6574 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6575 {
6576 others--;
6577 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6578 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6579 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6580 else if (b->thread != -1)
6581 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6582 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6583 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6584 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6585 ? " (disabled)"
6586 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6587 ? " (permanent)"
6588 : ""),
6589 (others > 1) ? ","
6590 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6591 }
6592 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6593 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6594 printf_filtered (".\n");
6595 }
6596 }
6597 \f
6598
6599 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6600 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6601 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6602 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6603
6604 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6605 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6606 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6607 breakpoint at address zero:
6608
6609 bp_watchpoint
6610 bp_catchpoint
6611
6612 */
6613
6614 static int
6615 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6616 {
6617 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6618
6619 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6620 }
6621
6622 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6623 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6624
6625 static int
6626 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6627 struct bp_location *loc2)
6628 {
6629 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6630 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6631
6632 /* Both of them must exist. */
6633 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6634 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6635
6636 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6637 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6638 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6639 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6640 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6641 other watchpoint. */
6642 if ((w1->cond_exp
6643 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6644 loc1->length,
6645 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6646 w1->cond_exp))
6647 || (w2->cond_exp
6648 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6649 loc2->length,
6650 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6651 w2->cond_exp)))
6652 return 0;
6653
6654 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6655 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6656 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6657 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6658 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6659 become hw_access locations later. */
6660 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6661 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6662 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6663 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6664 }
6665
6666 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6667 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6668 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6669 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6670
6671 static int
6672 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6673 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6674 {
6675 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6676 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6677 && addr1 == addr2);
6678 }
6679
6680 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6681 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6682 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6683 space doesn't really matter. */
6684
6685 static int
6686 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6687 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6688 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6689 {
6690 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6691 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6692 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6693 }
6694
6695 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6696 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6697 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6698 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6699
6700 static int
6701 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6702 struct address_space *aspace,
6703 CORE_ADDR addr)
6704 {
6705 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6706 aspace, addr)
6707 || (bl->length
6708 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6709 bl->address, bl->length,
6710 aspace, addr)));
6711 }
6712
6713 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6714 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6715 true, otherwise returns false. */
6716
6717 static int
6718 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6719 struct bp_location *loc2)
6720 {
6721 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6722 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6723 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6724 different locations. */
6725 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6726 else
6727 return 0;
6728 }
6729
6730 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6731 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6732 represent the same location. */
6733
6734 static int
6735 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6736 struct bp_location *loc2)
6737 {
6738 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6739
6740 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6741 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6742 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6743
6744 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6745 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6746
6747 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6748 return 0;
6749 else if (hw_point1)
6750 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6751 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6752 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6753 else
6754 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6755 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6756 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6757 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6758 }
6759
6760 static void
6761 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6762 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6763 {
6764 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6765 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6766 char astr1[64];
6767 char astr2[64];
6768
6769 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6770 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6771 if (have_bnum)
6772 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6773 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6774 else
6775 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6776 }
6777
6778 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6779 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6780 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6781 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6782
6783 static CORE_ADDR
6784 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6785 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6786 {
6787 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6788 {
6789 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6790 return bpaddr;
6791 }
6792 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6793 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6794 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6795 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6796 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6797 {
6798 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6799 have their addresses modified. */
6800 return bpaddr;
6801 }
6802 else
6803 {
6804 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6805
6806 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6807 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6808 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6809
6810 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6811 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6812 is required. */
6813 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6814 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6815
6816 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6817 }
6818 }
6819
6820 void
6821 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6822 struct breakpoint *owner)
6823 {
6824 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6825
6826 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6827
6828 loc->ops = ops;
6829 loc->owner = owner;
6830 loc->cond = NULL;
6831 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6832 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6833 loc->enabled = 1;
6834
6835 switch (owner->type)
6836 {
6837 case bp_breakpoint:
6838 case bp_until:
6839 case bp_finish:
6840 case bp_longjmp:
6841 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6842 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6843 case bp_exception:
6844 case bp_exception_resume:
6845 case bp_step_resume:
6846 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6847 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6848 case bp_call_dummy:
6849 case bp_std_terminate:
6850 case bp_shlib_event:
6851 case bp_thread_event:
6852 case bp_overlay_event:
6853 case bp_jit_event:
6854 case bp_longjmp_master:
6855 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6856 case bp_exception_master:
6857 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6858 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6859 case bp_dprintf:
6860 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6861 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6862 break;
6863 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6864 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6865 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6866 break;
6867 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6868 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6869 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6870 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6871 break;
6872 case bp_watchpoint:
6873 case bp_catchpoint:
6874 case bp_tracepoint:
6875 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6876 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6877 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6878 break;
6879 default:
6880 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6881 }
6882
6883 loc->refc = 1;
6884 }
6885
6886 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6887
6888 static struct bp_location *
6889 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6890 {
6891 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6892 }
6893
6894 static void
6895 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6896 {
6897 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6898 xfree (loc);
6899 }
6900
6901 /* Increment reference count. */
6902
6903 static void
6904 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6905 {
6906 ++bl->refc;
6907 }
6908
6909 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6910 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6911
6912 static void
6913 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6914 {
6915 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6916
6917 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6918 free_bp_location (*blp);
6919 *blp = NULL;
6920 }
6921
6922 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6923
6924 static void
6925 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6926 {
6927 struct breakpoint *b1;
6928
6929 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6930 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6931
6932 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6933 if (b1 == 0)
6934 breakpoint_chain = b;
6935 else
6936 {
6937 while (b1->next)
6938 b1 = b1->next;
6939 b1->next = b;
6940 }
6941 }
6942
6943 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6944
6945 static void
6946 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6947 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6948 enum bptype bptype,
6949 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6950 {
6951 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6952
6953 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6954
6955 b->ops = ops;
6956 b->type = bptype;
6957 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6958 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6959 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6960 b->thread = -1;
6961 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6962 b->next = 0;
6963 b->silent = 0;
6964 b->ignore_count = 0;
6965 b->commands = NULL;
6966 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6967 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6968 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6969 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6970 }
6971
6972 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6973 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6974
6975 static struct breakpoint *
6976 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6977 enum bptype bptype,
6978 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6979 {
6980 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6981
6982 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6983 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6984 return b;
6985 }
6986
6987 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6988 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6989 enough. */
6990
6991 static void
6992 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6993 {
6994 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6995
6996 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6997 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6998 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6999 {
7000 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7001 const char *function_name;
7002 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7003
7004 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7005 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7006
7007 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7008 {
7009 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7010
7011 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7012 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7013 &loc->requested_address))
7014 {
7015 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7016 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7017 loc->requested_address,
7018 b->type);
7019 }
7020 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7021 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7022 {
7023 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7024 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7025 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7026 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7027 breakpoint. */
7028 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7029 }
7030 }
7031
7032 if (function_name)
7033 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7034 }
7035 }
7036
7037 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7038 struct gdbarch *
7039 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7040 {
7041 if (sal.section)
7042 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7043 if (sal.symtab)
7044 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7045
7046 return NULL;
7047 }
7048
7049 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7050 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7051 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7052
7053 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7054 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7055 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7056
7057 static void
7058 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7059 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7060 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7061 {
7062 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7063
7064 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7065
7066 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7067 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7068
7069 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7070 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7071 program space. */
7072 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7073 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7074 }
7075
7076 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7077 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7078 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7079 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7080 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7081 is also returned as the value of this function.
7082
7083 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7084 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7085 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7086 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7087 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7088 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7089 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7090
7091 struct breakpoint *
7092 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7093 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7094 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7095 {
7096 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7097
7098 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7099 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7100 return b;
7101 }
7102
7103
7104 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7105 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7106 void
7107 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7108 {
7109 struct bp_location *bl;
7110
7111 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7112
7113 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7114 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7115 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7116 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7117 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7118 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7119 bl->inserted = 1;
7120 }
7121
7122 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7123 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7124 initiated the operation. */
7125
7126 void
7127 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7128 {
7129 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7130 int thread = tp->num;
7131
7132 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7133 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7134 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7135 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7136 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7137 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7138 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7139 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7140 {
7141 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7142 struct breakpoint *clone;
7143
7144 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7145 after their removal. */
7146 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7147 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7148 clone->thread = thread;
7149 }
7150
7151 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7152 }
7153
7154 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7155 void
7156 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7157 {
7158 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7159
7160 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7161 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7162 {
7163 if (b->thread == thread)
7164 delete_breakpoint (b);
7165 }
7166 }
7167
7168 void
7169 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7170 {
7171 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7172
7173 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7174 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7175 {
7176 if (b->thread == thread)
7177 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7178 }
7179 }
7180
7181 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7182 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7183 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7184 breakpoints. */
7185
7186 struct breakpoint *
7187 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7188 {
7189 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7190
7191 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7192 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7193 {
7194 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7195
7196 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7197 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7198 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7199
7200 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7201
7202 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7203 if (retval == NULL)
7204 retval = new_b;
7205 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7206 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7207 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7208 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7209 }
7210
7211 return retval;
7212 }
7213
7214 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7215 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7216 stack.
7217
7218 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7219 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7220 frames. */
7221
7222 void
7223 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7224 {
7225 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7226
7227 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7228 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7229 {
7230 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7231
7232 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7233 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7234 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7235 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7236 continue;
7237
7238 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7239
7240 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7241 {
7242 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7243 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7244 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7245 }
7246 delete_breakpoint (b);
7247 }
7248 }
7249
7250 void
7251 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7252 {
7253 struct breakpoint *b;
7254
7255 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7256 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7257 {
7258 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7259 update_global_location_list (1);
7260 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7261 }
7262 }
7263
7264 void
7265 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7266 {
7267 struct breakpoint *b;
7268
7269 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7270 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7271 {
7272 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7273 update_global_location_list (0);
7274 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7275 }
7276 }
7277
7278 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7279 master breakpoint. */
7280 void
7281 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7282 {
7283 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7284
7285 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7286 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7287 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7288 {
7289 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7290 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7291 }
7292 }
7293
7294 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7295 void
7296 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7297 {
7298 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7299
7300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7301 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7302 delete_breakpoint (b);
7303 }
7304
7305 struct breakpoint *
7306 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7307 {
7308 struct breakpoint *b;
7309
7310 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7311 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7312
7313 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7314 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7315 b->addr_string
7316 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7317
7318 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7319
7320 return b;
7321 }
7322
7323 void
7324 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7325 {
7326 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7327
7328 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7329 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7330 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7331 delete_breakpoint (b);
7332 }
7333
7334 struct lang_and_radix
7335 {
7336 enum language lang;
7337 int radix;
7338 };
7339
7340 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7341
7342 struct breakpoint *
7343 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7344 {
7345 struct breakpoint *b;
7346
7347 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7348 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7349 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7350 return b;
7351 }
7352
7353 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7354
7355 void
7356 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7357 {
7358 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7359
7360 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7361 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7362 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7363 delete_breakpoint (b);
7364 }
7365
7366 void
7367 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7368 {
7369 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7370
7371 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7372 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7373 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7374 delete_breakpoint (b);
7375 }
7376
7377 struct breakpoint *
7378 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7379 {
7380 struct breakpoint *b;
7381
7382 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7383 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7384 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7385 return b;
7386 }
7387
7388 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7389 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7390
7391 void
7392 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7393 {
7394 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7395
7396 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7397 {
7398 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7399 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7400
7401 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7402 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7403 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7404 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7405 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7406 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7407 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7408 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7409 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7410 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7411 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7412 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7413 )
7414 {
7415 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7416 }
7417 }
7418 }
7419
7420 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7421 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7422 disabled. */
7423
7424 static void
7425 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7426 {
7427 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7428 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7429
7430 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7431 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7432 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7433 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7434 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7435 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7436 return;
7437
7438 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7439 {
7440 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7441 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7442
7443 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7444 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7445 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7446 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7447 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7448 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7449 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7450 || is_tracepoint (b))
7451 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7452 {
7453 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7454 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7455 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7456 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7457 loc->inserted = 0;
7458
7459 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7460 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7461
7462 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7463 {
7464 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7465 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7466 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7467 solib->so_name);
7468 }
7469 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7470 }
7471 }
7472 }
7473
7474 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7475
7476 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7477 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7478 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7479 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7480 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7481
7482 struct fork_catchpoint
7483 {
7484 /* The base class. */
7485 struct breakpoint base;
7486
7487 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7488 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7489 catchpoint has triggered. */
7490 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7491 };
7492
7493 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7494 catchpoints. */
7495
7496 static int
7497 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7498 {
7499 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7500 }
7501
7502 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7503 catchpoints. */
7504
7505 static int
7506 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7507 {
7508 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7509 }
7510
7511 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7512 catchpoints. */
7513
7514 static int
7515 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7516 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7517 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7518 {
7519 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7520
7521 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7522 return 0;
7523
7524 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7525 return 1;
7526 }
7527
7528 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7529 catchpoints. */
7530
7531 static enum print_stop_action
7532 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7533 {
7534 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7535 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7536 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7537
7538 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7539 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7540 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7541 else
7542 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7543 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7544 {
7545 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7546 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7547 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7548 }
7549 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7550 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7551 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7552 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7553 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7554 }
7555
7556 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7557 catchpoints. */
7558
7559 static void
7560 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7561 {
7562 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7563 struct value_print_options opts;
7564 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7565
7566 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7567
7568 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7569 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7570 readable). */
7571 if (opts.addressprint)
7572 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7573 annotate_field (5);
7574 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7575 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7576 {
7577 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7578 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7579 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7580 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7581 }
7582
7583 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7584 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7585 }
7586
7587 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7588 catchpoints. */
7589
7590 static void
7591 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7592 {
7593 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7594 }
7595
7596 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7597 catchpoints. */
7598
7599 static void
7600 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7601 {
7602 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7603 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7604 }
7605
7606 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7607
7608 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7609
7610 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7611 catchpoints. */
7612
7613 static int
7614 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7615 {
7616 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7617 }
7618
7619 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7620 catchpoints. */
7621
7622 static int
7623 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7624 {
7625 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7626 }
7627
7628 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7629 catchpoints. */
7630
7631 static int
7632 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7633 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7634 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7635 {
7636 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7637
7638 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7639 return 0;
7640
7641 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7642 return 1;
7643 }
7644
7645 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7646 catchpoints. */
7647
7648 static enum print_stop_action
7649 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7650 {
7651 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7652 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7653 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7654
7655 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7656 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7657 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7658 else
7659 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7660 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7661 {
7662 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7663 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7664 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7665 }
7666 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7667 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7668 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7669 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7670 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7671 }
7672
7673 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7674 catchpoints. */
7675
7676 static void
7677 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7678 {
7679 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7680 struct value_print_options opts;
7681 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7682
7683 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7684 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7685 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7686 readable). */
7687 if (opts.addressprint)
7688 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7689 annotate_field (5);
7690 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7691 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7692 {
7693 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7694 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7695 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7696 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7697 }
7698
7699 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7700 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7701 }
7702
7703 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7704 catchpoints. */
7705
7706 static void
7707 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7708 {
7709 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7710 }
7711
7712 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7713 catchpoints. */
7714
7715 static void
7716 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7717 {
7718 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7719 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7720 }
7721
7722 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7723
7724 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7725
7726 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7727 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7728 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7729 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7730 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7731
7732 struct solib_catchpoint
7733 {
7734 /* The base class. */
7735 struct breakpoint base;
7736
7737 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7738 unsigned char is_load;
7739
7740 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7741 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7742 char *regex;
7743 regex_t compiled;
7744 };
7745
7746 static void
7747 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7748 {
7749 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7750
7751 if (self->regex)
7752 regfree (&self->compiled);
7753 xfree (self->regex);
7754
7755 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7756 }
7757
7758 static int
7759 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7760 {
7761 return 0;
7762 }
7763
7764 static int
7765 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7766 {
7767 return 0;
7768 }
7769
7770 static int
7771 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7772 struct address_space *aspace,
7773 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7774 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7775 {
7776 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7777 struct breakpoint *other;
7778
7779 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7780 return 1;
7781
7782 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7783 {
7784 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7785
7786 if (other == bl->owner)
7787 continue;
7788
7789 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7790 continue;
7791
7792 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7793 continue;
7794
7795 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7796 {
7797 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7798 return 1;
7799 }
7800 }
7801
7802 return 0;
7803 }
7804
7805 static void
7806 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7807 {
7808 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7809 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7810 int ix;
7811
7812 if (self->is_load)
7813 {
7814 struct so_list *iter;
7815
7816 for (ix = 0;
7817 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7818 ix, iter);
7819 ++ix)
7820 {
7821 if (!self->regex
7822 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7823 return;
7824 }
7825 }
7826 else
7827 {
7828 char *iter;
7829
7830 for (ix = 0;
7831 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7832 ix, iter);
7833 ++ix)
7834 {
7835 if (!self->regex
7836 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7837 return;
7838 }
7839 }
7840
7841 bs->stop = 0;
7842 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7843 }
7844
7845 static enum print_stop_action
7846 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7847 {
7848 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7849 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7850
7851 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7852 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7853 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7854 else
7855 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7856 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7857 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7858 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7859 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7860 print_solib_event (1);
7861 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7862 }
7863
7864 static void
7865 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7866 {
7867 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7868 struct value_print_options opts;
7869 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7870 char *msg;
7871
7872 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7873 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7874 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7875 readable). */
7876 if (opts.addressprint)
7877 {
7878 annotate_field (4);
7879 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7880 }
7881
7882 annotate_field (5);
7883 if (self->is_load)
7884 {
7885 if (self->regex)
7886 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7887 else
7888 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7889 }
7890 else
7891 {
7892 if (self->regex)
7893 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7894 else
7895 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7896 }
7897 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7898 xfree (msg);
7899
7900 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7901 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7902 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7903 }
7904
7905 static void
7906 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7907 {
7908 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7909
7910 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7911 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7912 }
7913
7914 static void
7915 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7916 {
7917 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7918
7919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7920 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7921 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7922 if (self->regex)
7923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7924 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7925 }
7926
7927 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7928
7929 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7930 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7931 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7932 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7933 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7934 created in an enabled state. */
7935
7936 void
7937 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7938 {
7939 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7940 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7941 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7942
7943 if (!arg)
7944 arg = "";
7945 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7946
7947 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7948 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7949
7950 if (*arg != '\0')
7951 {
7952 int errcode;
7953
7954 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7955 if (errcode != 0)
7956 {
7957 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7958
7959 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7960 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7961 }
7962 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7963 }
7964
7965 c->is_load = is_load;
7966 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7967 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7968
7969 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7970
7971 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7972 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7973 }
7974
7975 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7976 "catch unload". */
7977
7978 static void
7979 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7980 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7981 {
7982 int tempflag;
7983 const int enabled = 1;
7984
7985 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7986
7987 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7988 }
7989
7990 static void
7991 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7992 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7993 {
7994 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7995 }
7996
7997 static void
7998 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7999 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8000 {
8001 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8002 }
8003
8004 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8005 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8006 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8007 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8008 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8009
8010 struct syscall_catchpoint
8011 {
8012 /* The base class. */
8013 struct breakpoint base;
8014
8015 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8016 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8017 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8018 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8019 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8020 };
8021
8022 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8023 catchpoints. */
8024
8025 static void
8026 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8027 {
8028 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8029
8030 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8031
8032 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8033 }
8034
8035 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8036
8037 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8038 {
8039 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8040 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8041 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8042
8043 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8044 int any_syscall_count;
8045
8046 /* Count of each system call. */
8047 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8048
8049 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8050 if any catching is necessary. */
8051 int total_syscalls_count;
8052 };
8053
8054 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8055 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8056 {
8057 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8058
8059 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8060 if (inf_data == NULL)
8061 {
8062 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8063 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8064 }
8065
8066 return inf_data;
8067 }
8068
8069 static void
8070 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8071 {
8072 xfree (arg);
8073 }
8074
8075
8076 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8077 catchpoints. */
8078
8079 static int
8080 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8081 {
8082 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8083 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8084 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8085 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8086
8087 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8088 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8089 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8090 else
8091 {
8092 int i, iter;
8093
8094 for (i = 0;
8095 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8096 i++)
8097 {
8098 int elem;
8099
8100 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8101 {
8102 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8103 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8104 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8105 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8106 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8107 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8108 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8109 + vec_addr_offset);
8110 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8111 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8112 }
8113 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8114 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8115 }
8116 }
8117
8118 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8119 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8120 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8121 VEC_length (int,
8122 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8123 VEC_address (int,
8124 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8125 }
8126
8127 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8128 catchpoints. */
8129
8130 static int
8131 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8132 {
8133 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8134 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8135 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8136 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8137
8138 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8139 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8140 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8141 else
8142 {
8143 int i, iter;
8144
8145 for (i = 0;
8146 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8147 i++)
8148 {
8149 int elem;
8150 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8151 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8152 continue;
8153 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8154 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8155 }
8156 }
8157
8158 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8159 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8160 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8161 VEC_length (int,
8162 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8163 VEC_address (int,
8164 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8165 }
8166
8167 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8168 catchpoints. */
8169
8170 static int
8171 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8172 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8173 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8174 {
8175 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8176 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8177 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8178 int syscall_number = 0;
8179 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8180 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8181
8182 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8183 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8184 return 0;
8185
8186 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8187
8188 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8189 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8190 {
8191 int i, iter;
8192
8193 for (i = 0;
8194 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8195 i++)
8196 if (syscall_number == iter)
8197 break;
8198 /* Not the same. */
8199 if (!iter)
8200 return 0;
8201 }
8202
8203 return 1;
8204 }
8205
8206 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8207 catchpoints. */
8208
8209 static enum print_stop_action
8210 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8211 {
8212 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8213 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8214 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8215 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8216 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8217 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8218 ptid_t ptid;
8219 struct target_waitstatus last;
8220 struct syscall s;
8221
8222 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8223
8224 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8225
8226 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8227
8228 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8229 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8230 else
8231 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8232 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8233 {
8234 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8235 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8236 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8237 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8238 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8239 }
8240 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8241
8242 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8243 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8244 else
8245 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8246
8247 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8248 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8249 if (s.name != NULL)
8250 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8251
8252 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8253
8254 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8255 }
8256
8257 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8258 catchpoints. */
8259
8260 static void
8261 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8262 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8263 {
8264 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8265 struct value_print_options opts;
8266 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8267
8268 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8269 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8270 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8271 readable). */
8272 if (opts.addressprint)
8273 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8274 annotate_field (5);
8275
8276 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8277 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8278 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8279 else
8280 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8281
8282 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8283 {
8284 int i, iter;
8285 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8286
8287 for (i = 0;
8288 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8289 i++)
8290 {
8291 char *x = text;
8292 struct syscall s;
8293 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8294
8295 if (s.name != NULL)
8296 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8297 else
8298 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8299
8300 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8301 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8302 on every call. */
8303 xfree (x);
8304 }
8305 /* Remove the last comma. */
8306 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8307 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8308 }
8309 else
8310 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8311 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8312
8313 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8314 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8315 }
8316
8317 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8318 catchpoints. */
8319
8320 static void
8321 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8322 {
8323 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8324
8325 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8326 {
8327 int i, iter;
8328
8329 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8330 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8331 else
8332 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8333
8334 for (i = 0;
8335 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8336 i++)
8337 {
8338 struct syscall s;
8339 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8340
8341 if (s.name)
8342 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8343 else
8344 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8345 }
8346 printf_filtered (")");
8347 }
8348 else
8349 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8350 b->number);
8351 }
8352
8353 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8354 catchpoints. */
8355
8356 static void
8357 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8358 {
8359 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8360
8361 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8362
8363 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8364 {
8365 int i, iter;
8366
8367 for (i = 0;
8368 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8369 i++)
8370 {
8371 struct syscall s;
8372
8373 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8374 if (s.name)
8375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8376 else
8377 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8378 }
8379 }
8380 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8381 }
8382
8383 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8384
8385 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8386
8387 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8388
8389 static int
8390 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8391 {
8392 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8393 }
8394
8395 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8396 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8397 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8398 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8399
8400 void
8401 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8402 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8403 char *cond_string,
8404 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8405 {
8406 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8407
8408 init_sal (&sal);
8409 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8410
8411 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8412
8413 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8414 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8415 }
8416
8417 void
8418 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8419 {
8420 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8421 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8422 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8423 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8424 if (!internal)
8425 mention (b);
8426 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8427
8428 if (update_gll)
8429 update_global_location_list (1);
8430 }
8431
8432 static void
8433 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8434 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8435 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8436 {
8437 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8438
8439 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8440
8441 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8442
8443 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8444 }
8445
8446 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8447
8448 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8449 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8450 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8451 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8452 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8453
8454 struct exec_catchpoint
8455 {
8456 /* The base class. */
8457 struct breakpoint base;
8458
8459 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8460 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8461 triggered. */
8462 char *exec_pathname;
8463 };
8464
8465 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8466 catchpoints. */
8467
8468 static void
8469 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8470 {
8471 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8472
8473 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8474
8475 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8476 }
8477
8478 static int
8479 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8480 {
8481 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8482 }
8483
8484 static int
8485 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8486 {
8487 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8488 }
8489
8490 static int
8491 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8492 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8493 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8494 {
8495 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8496
8497 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8498 return 0;
8499
8500 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8501 return 1;
8502 }
8503
8504 static enum print_stop_action
8505 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8506 {
8507 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8508 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8509 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8510
8511 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8512 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8513 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8514 else
8515 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8516 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8517 {
8518 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8519 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8520 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8521 }
8522 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8523 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8524 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8525 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8526
8527 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8528 }
8529
8530 static void
8531 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8532 {
8533 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8534 struct value_print_options opts;
8535 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8536
8537 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8538
8539 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8540 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8541 is relatively readable). */
8542 if (opts.addressprint)
8543 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8544 annotate_field (5);
8545 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8546 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8547 {
8548 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8549 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8550 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8551 }
8552
8553 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8554 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8555 }
8556
8557 static void
8558 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8559 {
8560 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8561 }
8562
8563 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8564 catchpoints. */
8565
8566 static void
8567 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8568 {
8569 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8570 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8571 }
8572
8573 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8574
8575 static void
8576 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8577 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8578 {
8579 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8580 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8581
8582 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8583 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8584 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8585
8586 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8587 }
8588
8589 static int
8590 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8591 {
8592 int i = 0;
8593 struct breakpoint *b;
8594 struct bp_location *bl;
8595
8596 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8597 {
8598 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8599 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8600 {
8601 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8602 one register. */
8603 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8604 }
8605 }
8606
8607 return i;
8608 }
8609
8610 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8611 watchpoint. */
8612
8613 static int
8614 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8615 {
8616 int i = 0;
8617 struct bp_location *bl;
8618
8619 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8620 return 0;
8621
8622 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8623 {
8624 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8625 one register. */
8626 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8627 }
8628
8629 return i;
8630 }
8631
8632 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8633 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8634 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8635 types _not_ TYPE. */
8636
8637 static int
8638 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8639 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8640 {
8641 int i = 0;
8642 struct breakpoint *b;
8643
8644 *other_type_used = 0;
8645 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8646 {
8647 if (b == except)
8648 continue;
8649 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8650 continue;
8651
8652 if (b->type == type)
8653 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8654 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8655 *other_type_used = 1;
8656 }
8657
8658 return i;
8659 }
8660
8661 void
8662 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8663 {
8664 struct breakpoint *b;
8665
8666 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8667 {
8668 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8669 {
8670 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8671 update_global_location_list (0);
8672 }
8673 }
8674 }
8675
8676 void
8677 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8678 {
8679 struct breakpoint *b;
8680
8681 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8682 {
8683 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8684 {
8685 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8686 update_global_location_list (1);
8687 }
8688 }
8689 }
8690
8691 void
8692 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8693 {
8694 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8695 update_global_location_list (0);
8696 }
8697
8698 void
8699 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8700 {
8701 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8702 breakpoint_re_set ();
8703 }
8704
8705
8706 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8707 at address specified by SAL.
8708 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8709
8710 struct breakpoint *
8711 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8712 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8713 {
8714 struct breakpoint *b;
8715
8716 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8717 tail-called one. */
8718 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8719
8720 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8721 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8722 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8723 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8724
8725 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8726 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8727 control. */
8728 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8729 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8730
8731 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8732
8733 return b;
8734 }
8735
8736 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8737 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8738 breakpoint_ops. */
8739
8740 static struct breakpoint *
8741 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8742 enum bptype type,
8743 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8744 {
8745 struct breakpoint *copy;
8746
8747 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8748 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8749 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8750
8751 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8752 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8753 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8754 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8755 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8756 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8757 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8758 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8759 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8760 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8761 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8762
8763 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8764 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8765 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8766
8767 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8768 return copy;
8769 }
8770
8771 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8772 ORIG is NULL. */
8773
8774 struct breakpoint *
8775 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8776 {
8777 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8778 if (orig == NULL)
8779 return NULL;
8780
8781 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8782 }
8783
8784 struct breakpoint *
8785 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8786 enum bptype type)
8787 {
8788 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8789
8790 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8791 sal.pc = pc;
8792 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8793 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8794
8795 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8796 }
8797 \f
8798
8799 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8800
8801 static void
8802 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8803 {
8804 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8805 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8806 return;
8807 printf_filtered ("\n");
8808 }
8809 \f
8810
8811 static struct bp_location *
8812 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8813 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8814 {
8815 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8816 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8817 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8818
8819 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8820 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8821
8822 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8823 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8824 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8825 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8826 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8827 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8828 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8829 sal->pc, b->type);
8830
8831 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8832 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8833 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8834 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8835 ;
8836 loc->next = *tmp;
8837 *tmp = loc;
8838
8839 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8840 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8841 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8842 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8843 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8844 loc->section = sal->section;
8845 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8846 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8847 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8848
8849 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8850 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8851 return loc;
8852 }
8853 \f
8854
8855 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8856 return 0 otherwise. */
8857
8858 static int
8859 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8860 {
8861 int len;
8862 CORE_ADDR addr;
8863 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8864 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8865 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8866 int retval = 0;
8867
8868 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8869
8870 addr = loc->address;
8871 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8872
8873 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8874 if (bpoint == NULL)
8875 return 0;
8876
8877 target_mem = alloca (len);
8878
8879 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8880 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8881 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8882 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8883
8884 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8885 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8886
8887 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8888 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8889 retval = 1;
8890
8891 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8892
8893 return retval;
8894 }
8895
8896 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8897 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8898
8899 static void
8900 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8901 {
8902 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8903 char *printf_line = NULL;
8904
8905 if (!dprintf_args)
8906 return;
8907
8908 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8909
8910 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8911 insist on it. */
8912 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8913 ++dprintf_args;
8914 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8915
8916 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8917 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8918
8919 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8920 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8921 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8922 {
8923 if (!dprintf_function)
8924 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8925
8926 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8927 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8928 dprintf_function,
8929 dprintf_channel,
8930 dprintf_args);
8931 else
8932 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8933 dprintf_function,
8934 dprintf_args);
8935 }
8936 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8937 {
8938 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8939 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8940 else
8941 {
8942 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8943 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8944 }
8945 }
8946 else
8947 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8948 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8949
8950 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8951 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8952 {
8953 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8954
8955 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8956 {
8957 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8958 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8959 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8960 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8961 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8962 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8963 }
8964
8965 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8966 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8967 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8968 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8969 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8970 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8971
8972 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8973 }
8974 }
8975
8976 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8977 current style settings. */
8978
8979 static void
8980 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8981 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8982 {
8983 struct breakpoint *b;
8984
8985 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8986 {
8987 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8988 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8989 }
8990 }
8991
8992 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8993 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8994 as condition expression. */
8995
8996 static void
8997 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8998 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8999 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9000 char *extra_string,
9001 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9002 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9003 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9004 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9005 int display_canonical)
9006 {
9007 int i;
9008
9009 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9010 {
9011 int target_resources_ok;
9012
9013 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9014 target_resources_ok =
9015 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9016 i + 1, 0);
9017 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9018 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9019 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9020 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9021 }
9022
9023 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9024
9025 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9026 {
9027 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9028 struct bp_location *loc;
9029
9030 if (from_tty)
9031 {
9032 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9033 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9034 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9035
9036 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9037 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9038 }
9039
9040 if (i == 0)
9041 {
9042 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9043 b->thread = thread;
9044 b->task = task;
9045
9046 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9047 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9048 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9049 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9050 b->disposition = disposition;
9051
9052 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9053 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9054
9055 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9056 {
9057 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9058 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9059
9060 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9061 {
9062 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9063 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9064 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9065 char *endp;
9066 char *marker_str;
9067
9068 p = skip_spaces (p);
9069
9070 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9071
9072 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9073 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9074
9075 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9076 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9077 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9078 }
9079 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9080 {
9081 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9082 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9083
9084 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9085 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9086 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9087 }
9088 else
9089 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9090 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9091 }
9092
9093 loc = b->loc;
9094 }
9095 else
9096 {
9097 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9098 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9099 loc->inserted = 1;
9100 }
9101
9102 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9103 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9104
9105 if (b->cond_string)
9106 {
9107 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9108
9109 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9110 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9111 if (*arg)
9112 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9113 }
9114
9115 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9116 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9117 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9118 {
9119 if (b->extra_string)
9120 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9121 else
9122 error (_("Format string required"));
9123 }
9124 else if (b->extra_string)
9125 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9126 }
9127
9128 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9129 if (addr_string)
9130 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9131 else
9132 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9133 me. */
9134 b->addr_string
9135 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9136 b->filter = filter;
9137 }
9138
9139 static void
9140 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9141 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9142 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9143 char *extra_string,
9144 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9145 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9146 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9147 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9148 int display_canonical)
9149 {
9150 struct breakpoint *b;
9151 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9152
9153 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9154 {
9155 struct tracepoint *t;
9156
9157 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9158 b = &t->base;
9159 }
9160 else
9161 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9162
9163 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9164
9165 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9166 sals, addr_string,
9167 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9168 type, disposition,
9169 thread, task, ignore_count,
9170 ops, from_tty,
9171 enabled, internal, flags,
9172 display_canonical);
9173 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9174
9175 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9176 }
9177
9178 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9179 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9180 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9181 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9182 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9183 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9184 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9185 we take just a single condition string.
9186
9187 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9188 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9189 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9190 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9191 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9192
9193 static void
9194 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9195 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9196 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9197 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9198 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9199 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9200 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9201 {
9202 int i;
9203 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9204
9205 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9206 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9207
9208 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9209 {
9210 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9211 'break', without arguments. */
9212 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9213 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9214 : NULL);
9215 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9216 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9217
9218 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9219 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9220 addr_string,
9221 filter_string,
9222 cond_string, extra_string,
9223 type, disposition,
9224 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9225 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9226 canonical->special_display);
9227 discard_cleanups (inner);
9228 }
9229 }
9230
9231 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9232 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9233 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9234 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9235
9236 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9237 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9238
9239 static void
9240 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9241 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9242 {
9243 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9244 breakpoint. */
9245 if ((*address) == NULL
9246 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9247 {
9248 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9249 address. */
9250 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9251 {
9252 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9253 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9254 CORE_ADDR pc;
9255
9256 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9257 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9258 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9259
9260 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9261 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9262 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9263 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9264 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9265 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9266 pc = sal.pc;
9267 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9268
9269 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9270 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9271 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9272 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9273 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9274 sal.pc = pc;
9275 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9276
9277 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9278 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9279 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9280
9281 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9282 }
9283 else
9284 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9285 }
9286 else
9287 {
9288 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9289
9290 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9291 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9292 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9293 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9294
9295 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9296 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9297 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9298 && (!cursal.symtab
9299 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9300 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9301 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9302 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9303 get_last_displayed_line (),
9304 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9305 else
9306 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9307 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9308 }
9309 }
9310
9311
9312 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9313 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9314
9315 static void
9316 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9317 {
9318 int i;
9319
9320 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9321 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9322 }
9323
9324 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9325 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9326 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9327 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9328 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9329 it, etc. */
9330
9331 static void
9332 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9333 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9334 {
9335 int i, rslt;
9336 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9337 char *msg;
9338 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9339
9340 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9341 {
9342 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9343
9344 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9345
9346 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9347 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9348 associated with SAL. */
9349 if (sarch == NULL)
9350 sarch = gdbarch;
9351 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9352 NULL, &msg);
9353 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9354
9355 if (!rslt)
9356 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9357 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9358
9359 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9360 }
9361 }
9362
9363 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9364
9365 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9366 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9367 {
9368 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9369 }
9370
9371 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9372 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9373 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9374 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9375 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9376 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9377
9378 static void
9379 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9380 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9381 char **rest)
9382 {
9383 *cond_string = NULL;
9384 *thread = -1;
9385 *task = 0;
9386 *rest = NULL;
9387
9388 while (tok && *tok)
9389 {
9390 const char *end_tok;
9391 int toklen;
9392 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9393 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9394
9395 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9396
9397 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9398 {
9399 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9400 return;
9401 }
9402
9403 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9404
9405 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9406
9407 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9408 {
9409 struct expression *expr;
9410
9411 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9412 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9413 xfree (expr);
9414 cond_end = tok;
9415 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9416 }
9417 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9418 {
9419 char *tmptok;
9420
9421 tok = end_tok + 1;
9422 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9423 if (tok == tmptok)
9424 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9425 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9426 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9427 tok = tmptok;
9428 }
9429 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9430 {
9431 char *tmptok;
9432
9433 tok = end_tok + 1;
9434 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9435 if (tok == tmptok)
9436 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9437 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9438 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9439 tok = tmptok;
9440 }
9441 else if (rest)
9442 {
9443 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9444 return;
9445 }
9446 else
9447 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9448 }
9449 }
9450
9451 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9452
9453 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9454 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9455 {
9456 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9457 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9458 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9459 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9460 char *endp;
9461 char *marker_str;
9462 int i;
9463
9464 p = skip_spaces (p);
9465
9466 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9467
9468 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9469 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9470
9471 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9472 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9473 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9474
9475 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9476 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9477
9478 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9479 {
9480 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9481
9482 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9483
9484 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9485
9486 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9487 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9488
9489 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9490 }
9491
9492 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9493
9494 *arg_p = endp;
9495 return sals;
9496 }
9497
9498 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9499 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9500 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9501 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9502 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9503 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9504 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9505 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9506 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9507 was created; false otherwise. */
9508
9509 int
9510 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9511 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9512 int thread, char *extra_string,
9513 int parse_arg,
9514 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9515 int ignore_count,
9516 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9517 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9518 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9519 unsigned flags)
9520 {
9521 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9522 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9523 char *addr_start = arg;
9524 struct linespec_result canonical;
9525 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9526 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9527 int pending = 0;
9528 int task = 0;
9529 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9530
9531 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9532
9533 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9534
9535 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9536 {
9537 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9538 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9539 }
9540
9541 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9542 switch (e.reason)
9543 {
9544 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9545 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9546 return 0;
9547 break;
9548 case RETURN_ERROR:
9549 switch (e.error)
9550 {
9551 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9552
9553 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9554 error. */
9555
9556 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9557 throw_exception (e);
9558
9559 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9560
9561 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9562 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9563 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9564 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9565 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9566 return 0;
9567
9568 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9569 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9570 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9571 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9572 {
9573 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9574
9575 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9576 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9577 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9578 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9579 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9580 pending = 1;
9581 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9582 }
9583 break;
9584 default:
9585 throw_exception (e);
9586 }
9587 break;
9588 default:
9589 throw_exception (e);
9590 }
9591
9592 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9593 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9594
9595 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9596 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9597 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9598 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9599 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9600
9601 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9602 are ok for the target. */
9603 if (!pending)
9604 {
9605 int ix;
9606 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9607
9608 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9609 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9610 }
9611
9612 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9613 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9614 {
9615 int ix;
9616 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9617
9618 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9619 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9620 }
9621
9622 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9623 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9624 breakpoint. */
9625 if (!pending)
9626 {
9627 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9628
9629 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9630
9631 if (parse_arg)
9632 {
9633 char *rest;
9634 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9635 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9636 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9637 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9638
9639 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9640 &thread, &task, &rest);
9641 if (cond_string)
9642 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9643 if (rest)
9644 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9645 if (rest)
9646 extra_string = rest;
9647 }
9648 else
9649 {
9650 if (*arg != '\0')
9651 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9652
9653 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9654 if (cond_string)
9655 {
9656 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9657 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9658 }
9659 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9660 if (extra_string)
9661 {
9662 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9663 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9664 }
9665 }
9666
9667 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9668 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9669 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9670 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9671 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9672 }
9673 else
9674 {
9675 struct breakpoint *b;
9676
9677 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9678
9679 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9680 {
9681 struct tracepoint *t;
9682
9683 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9684 b = &t->base;
9685 }
9686 else
9687 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9688
9689 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9690
9691 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9692 if (parse_arg)
9693 b->cond_string = NULL;
9694 else
9695 {
9696 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9697 if (cond_string)
9698 {
9699 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9700 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9701 }
9702 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9703 }
9704 b->extra_string = NULL;
9705 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9706 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9707 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9708 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9709 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9710 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9711 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9712
9713 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9714 }
9715
9716 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9717 {
9718 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9719 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9720 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9721 }
9722
9723 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9724 breakpoint. */
9725 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9726 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9727 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9728
9729 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9730 update_global_location_list (1);
9731
9732 return 1;
9733 }
9734
9735 /* Set a breakpoint.
9736 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9737 condition, and thread.
9738 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9739 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9740 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9741
9742 static void
9743 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9744 {
9745 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9746 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9747 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9748 : bp_breakpoint);
9749 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9750 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9751
9752 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9753 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9754 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9755 else
9756 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9757
9758 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9759 arg,
9760 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9761 tempflag, type_wanted,
9762 0 /* Ignore count */,
9763 pending_break_support,
9764 ops,
9765 from_tty,
9766 1 /* enabled */,
9767 0 /* internal */,
9768 0);
9769 }
9770
9771 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9772
9773 void
9774 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9775 {
9776 CORE_ADDR pc;
9777
9778 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9779 {
9780 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9781 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9782 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9783 sal->pc = pc;
9784
9785 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9786 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9787 if (sal->explicit_line)
9788 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9789 }
9790
9791 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9792 {
9793 struct blockvector *bv;
9794 struct block *b;
9795 struct symbol *sym;
9796
9797 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9798 if (bv != NULL)
9799 {
9800 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9801 if (sym != NULL)
9802 {
9803 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9804 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
9805 }
9806 else
9807 {
9808 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9809 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9810 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9811 happen in assembly source). */
9812
9813 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
9814 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9815
9816 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9817
9818 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9819 if (msym.minsym)
9820 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9821
9822 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9823 }
9824 }
9825 }
9826 }
9827
9828 void
9829 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9830 {
9831 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9832 }
9833
9834 void
9835 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9836 {
9837 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9838 }
9839
9840 static void
9841 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9842 {
9843 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9844 }
9845
9846 static void
9847 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9848 {
9849 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9850 }
9851
9852 static void
9853 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9854 {
9855 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9856 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9857 stop at <line>\n"));
9858 }
9859
9860 static void
9861 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9862 {
9863 int badInput = 0;
9864
9865 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9866 badInput = 1;
9867 else if (*arg != '*')
9868 {
9869 char *argptr = arg;
9870 int hasColon = 0;
9871
9872 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9873 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9874 function/method name. */
9875 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9876 {
9877 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9878 argptr++;
9879 }
9880
9881 if (hasColon)
9882 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9883 else
9884 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9885 }
9886
9887 if (badInput)
9888 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9889 else
9890 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9891 }
9892
9893 static void
9894 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9895 {
9896 int badInput = 0;
9897
9898 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9899 badInput = 1;
9900 else
9901 {
9902 char *argptr = arg;
9903 int hasColon = 0;
9904
9905 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9906 it is probably a line number. */
9907 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9908 {
9909 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9910 argptr++;
9911 }
9912
9913 if (hasColon)
9914 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9915 else
9916 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9917 }
9918
9919 if (badInput)
9920 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9921 else
9922 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9923 }
9924
9925 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9926 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9927 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9928 line. */
9929
9930 static void
9931 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9932 {
9933 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9934 arg,
9935 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9936 0, bp_dprintf,
9937 0 /* Ignore count */,
9938 pending_break_support,
9939 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9940 from_tty,
9941 1 /* enabled */,
9942 0 /* internal */,
9943 0);
9944 }
9945
9946 static void
9947 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9948 {
9949 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9950 }
9951
9952 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9953 ranged breakpoints. */
9954
9955 static int
9956 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9957 struct address_space *aspace,
9958 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9959 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9960 {
9961 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9962 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9963 return 0;
9964
9965 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9966 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9967 }
9968
9969 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9970 ranged breakpoints. */
9971
9972 static int
9973 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9974 {
9975 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9976 }
9977
9978 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9979 ranged breakpoints. */
9980
9981 static enum print_stop_action
9982 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9983 {
9984 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9985 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9986 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9987
9988 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9989
9990 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9991 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9992
9993 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9994 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9995 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9996 else
9997 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9998 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9999 {
10000 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10001 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10002 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10003 }
10004 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10005 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10006
10007 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10008 }
10009
10010 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10011 ranged breakpoints. */
10012
10013 static void
10014 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10015 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10016 {
10017 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10018 struct value_print_options opts;
10019 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10020
10021 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10022 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10023
10024 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10025
10026 if (opts.addressprint)
10027 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10028 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10029 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10030 annotate_field (5);
10031 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10032 *last_loc = bl;
10033 }
10034
10035 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10036 ranged breakpoints. */
10037
10038 static void
10039 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10040 struct ui_out *uiout)
10041 {
10042 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10043 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10044 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10045 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10046
10047 gdb_assert (bl);
10048
10049 address_start = bl->address;
10050 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10051
10052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10053 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10054 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10055 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10056 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10057 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10058
10059 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10060 }
10061
10062 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10063 ranged breakpoints. */
10064
10065 static void
10066 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10067 {
10068 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10069 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10070
10071 gdb_assert (bl);
10072 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10073
10074 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10075 return;
10076
10077 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10078 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10079 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10080 }
10081
10082 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10083 ranged breakpoints. */
10084
10085 static void
10086 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10087 {
10088 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10089 b->addr_string_range_end);
10090 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10091 }
10092
10093 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10094
10095 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10096
10097 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10098 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10099 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10100 last instruction of the given line. */
10101
10102 static CORE_ADDR
10103 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10104 {
10105 CORE_ADDR end;
10106
10107 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10108 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10109 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10110 end = sal.pc;
10111 else
10112 {
10113 int ret;
10114 CORE_ADDR start;
10115
10116 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10117 if (!ret)
10118 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10119
10120 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10121 end--;
10122 }
10123
10124 return end;
10125 }
10126
10127 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10128
10129 static void
10130 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10131 {
10132 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10133 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10134 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10135 CORE_ADDR end;
10136 struct breakpoint *b;
10137 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10138 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10139 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10140
10141 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10142 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10143 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10144
10145 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10146 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10147 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10148 bp_count, 0);
10149 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10150 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10151
10152 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10153 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10154 error(_("No address range specified."));
10155
10156 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10157
10158 arg_start = arg;
10159 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10160
10161 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10162
10163 if (arg[0] != ',')
10164 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10165 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10166 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10167
10168 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10169
10170 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10171 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10172 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10173
10174 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10175 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10176 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10177
10178 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10179 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10180
10181 /* Parse the end location. */
10182
10183 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10184 arg_start = arg;
10185
10186 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10187 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10188 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10189 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10190 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10191 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10192 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10193 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10194
10195 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10196
10197 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10198 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10199
10200 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10201 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10202 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10203 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10204
10205 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10206 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10207 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10208
10209 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10210 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10211 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10212
10213 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10214 if (length < 0)
10215 /* Length overflowed. */
10216 error (_("Address range too large."));
10217 else if (length == 1)
10218 {
10219 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10220 the `hbreak' command. */
10221 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10222
10223 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10224
10225 return;
10226 }
10227
10228 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10229 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10230 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10231 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10232 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10233 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10234 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10235 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10236 b->loc->length = length;
10237
10238 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10239
10240 mention (b);
10241 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10242 update_global_location_list (1);
10243 }
10244
10245 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10246 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10247 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10248 zero. */
10249
10250 static int
10251 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10252 {
10253 int i = exp->nelts;
10254
10255 while (i > 0)
10256 {
10257 int oplenp, argsp;
10258
10259 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10260 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10261 i -= oplenp;
10262
10263 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10264 {
10265 case BINOP_ADD:
10266 case BINOP_SUB:
10267 case BINOP_MUL:
10268 case BINOP_DIV:
10269 case BINOP_REM:
10270 case BINOP_MOD:
10271 case BINOP_LSH:
10272 case BINOP_RSH:
10273 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10274 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10275 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10276 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10277 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10278 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10279 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10280 case BINOP_LESS:
10281 case BINOP_GTR:
10282 case BINOP_LEQ:
10283 case BINOP_GEQ:
10284 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10285 case BINOP_COMMA:
10286 case BINOP_EXP:
10287 case BINOP_MIN:
10288 case BINOP_MAX:
10289 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10290 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10291 case BINOP_IN:
10292 case BINOP_RANGE:
10293 case TERNOP_COND:
10294 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10295
10296 case OP_LONG:
10297 case OP_DOUBLE:
10298 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10299 case OP_LAST:
10300 case OP_COMPLEX:
10301 case OP_STRING:
10302 case OP_ARRAY:
10303 case OP_TYPE:
10304 case OP_TYPEOF:
10305 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10306 case OP_TYPEID:
10307 case OP_NAME:
10308 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10309
10310 case UNOP_NEG:
10311 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10312 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10313 case UNOP_ADDR:
10314 case UNOP_HIGH:
10315 case UNOP_CAST:
10316
10317 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10318 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10319 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10320 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10321 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10322 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10323 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10324
10325 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10326 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10327 ADDR is. */
10328 break;
10329
10330 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10331 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10332
10333 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10334 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10335 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10336 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10337
10338 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10339 are always constant. */
10340 {
10341 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10342
10343 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10344 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10345 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10346 return 0;
10347 break;
10348 }
10349
10350 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10351 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10352 then it is not a constant. */
10353 default:
10354 return 0;
10355 }
10356 }
10357
10358 return 1;
10359 }
10360
10361 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10362
10363 static void
10364 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10365 {
10366 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10367
10368 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10369 xfree (w->exp);
10370 xfree (w->exp_string);
10371 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10372 value_free (w->val);
10373
10374 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10375 }
10376
10377 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10378
10379 static void
10380 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10381 {
10382 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10383
10384 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10385 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10386
10387 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10388 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10389 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10390 are loaded and unloaded.
10391
10392 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10393 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10394 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10395 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10396 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10397 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10398
10399 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10400 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10401 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10402 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10403
10404 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10405 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10406
10407 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10408 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10409 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10410 }
10411
10412 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10413
10414 static int
10415 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10416 {
10417 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10418 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10419
10420 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10421 w->cond_exp);
10422 }
10423
10424 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10425
10426 static int
10427 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10428 {
10429 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10430 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10431
10432 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10433 w->cond_exp);
10434 }
10435
10436 static int
10437 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10438 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10439 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10440 {
10441 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10442 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10443
10444 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10445 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10446 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10447 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10448 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10449 (did not match the data address). */
10450 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10451 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10452 return 0;
10453
10454 return 1;
10455 }
10456
10457 static void
10458 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10459 {
10460 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10461
10462 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10463 }
10464
10465 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10466 hardware watchpoints. */
10467
10468 static int
10469 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10470 {
10471 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10472 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10473
10474 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10475 }
10476
10477 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10478 hardware watchpoints. */
10479
10480 static int
10481 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10482 {
10483 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10484 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10485 }
10486
10487 static enum print_stop_action
10488 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10489 {
10490 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10491 struct breakpoint *b;
10492 struct ui_file *stb;
10493 enum print_stop_action result;
10494 struct watchpoint *w;
10495 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10496
10497 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10498
10499 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10500 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10501
10502 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10503 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10504
10505 switch (b->type)
10506 {
10507 case bp_watchpoint:
10508 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10509 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10510 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10511 ui_out_field_string
10512 (uiout, "reason",
10513 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10514 mention (b);
10515 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10516 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10517 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10518 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10519 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10520 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10521 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10522 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10523 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10524 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10525 break;
10526
10527 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10528 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10529 ui_out_field_string
10530 (uiout, "reason",
10531 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10532 mention (b);
10533 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10534 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10535 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10536 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10537 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10538 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10539 break;
10540
10541 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10542 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10543 {
10544 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10545 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10546 ui_out_field_string
10547 (uiout, "reason",
10548 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10549 mention (b);
10550 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10551 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10552 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10553 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10554 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10555 }
10556 else
10557 {
10558 mention (b);
10559 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10560 ui_out_field_string
10561 (uiout, "reason",
10562 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10563 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10564 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10565 }
10566 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10567 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10568 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10569 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10570 break;
10571 default:
10572 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10573 }
10574
10575 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10576 return result;
10577 }
10578
10579 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10580 watchpoints. */
10581
10582 static void
10583 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10584 {
10585 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10586 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10587 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10588
10589 switch (b->type)
10590 {
10591 case bp_watchpoint:
10592 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10593 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10594 break;
10595 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10596 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10597 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10598 break;
10599 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10600 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10601 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10602 break;
10603 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10604 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10605 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10606 break;
10607 default:
10608 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10609 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10610 }
10611
10612 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10613 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10614 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10615 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10616 }
10617
10618 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10619 watchpoints. */
10620
10621 static void
10622 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10623 {
10624 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10625
10626 switch (b->type)
10627 {
10628 case bp_watchpoint:
10629 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10630 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10631 break;
10632 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10633 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10634 break;
10635 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10636 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10637 break;
10638 default:
10639 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10640 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10641 }
10642
10643 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10644 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10645 }
10646
10647 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10648
10649 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10650
10651 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10652 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10653
10654 static int
10655 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10656 {
10657 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10658
10659 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10660 bl->watchpoint_type);
10661 }
10662
10663 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10664 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10665
10666 static int
10667 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10668 {
10669 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10670
10671 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10672 bl->watchpoint_type);
10673 }
10674
10675 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10676 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10677
10678 static int
10679 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10680 {
10681 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10682
10683 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10684 }
10685
10686 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10687 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10688
10689 static int
10690 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10691 {
10692 return 0;
10693 }
10694
10695 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10696 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10697
10698 static enum print_stop_action
10699 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10700 {
10701 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10702 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10703
10704 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10705 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10706
10707 switch (b->type)
10708 {
10709 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10710 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10711 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10712 ui_out_field_string
10713 (uiout, "reason",
10714 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10715 break;
10716
10717 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10718 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10719 ui_out_field_string
10720 (uiout, "reason",
10721 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10722 break;
10723
10724 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10725 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10726 ui_out_field_string
10727 (uiout, "reason",
10728 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10729 break;
10730 default:
10731 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10732 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10733 }
10734
10735 mention (b);
10736 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10737 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10738 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10739 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10740
10741 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10742 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10743 }
10744
10745 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10746 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10747
10748 static void
10749 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10750 struct ui_out *uiout)
10751 {
10752 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10753
10754 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10755 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10756
10757 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10758 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10759 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10760 }
10761
10762 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10763 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10764
10765 static void
10766 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10767 {
10768 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10769 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10770 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10771
10772 switch (b->type)
10773 {
10774 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10775 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10776 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10777 break;
10778 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10779 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10780 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10781 break;
10782 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10783 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10784 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10785 break;
10786 default:
10787 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10788 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10789 }
10790
10791 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10792 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10793 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10794 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10795 }
10796
10797 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10798 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10799
10800 static void
10801 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10802 {
10803 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10804 char tmp[40];
10805
10806 switch (b->type)
10807 {
10808 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10809 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10810 break;
10811 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10812 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10813 break;
10814 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10816 break;
10817 default:
10818 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10819 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10820 }
10821
10822 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10823 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10824 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10825 }
10826
10827 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10828
10829 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10830
10831 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10832
10833 static int
10834 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10835 {
10836 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10837 }
10838
10839 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10840 hw_read: watch read,
10841 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10842 static void
10843 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10844 int just_location, int internal)
10845 {
10846 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10847 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10848 struct expression *exp;
10849 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10850 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10851 struct frame_info *frame;
10852 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10853 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10854 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10855 int toklen = -1;
10856 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10857 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10858 enum bptype bp_type;
10859 int thread = -1;
10860 int pc = 0;
10861 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10862 the hardware watchpoint. */
10863 int use_mask = 0;
10864 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10865 struct watchpoint *w;
10866 char *expression;
10867 struct cleanup *back_to;
10868
10869 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10870 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10871 {
10872 const char *value_start;
10873
10874 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10875
10876 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10877 of the arguments string. */
10878 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10879 {
10880 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10881 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10882 tok--;
10883
10884 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10885 This is the value of the parameter. */
10886 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10887 tok--;
10888 value_start = tok + 1;
10889
10890 /* Skip whitespace. */
10891 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10892 tok--;
10893
10894 end_tok = tok;
10895
10896 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10897 This is the parameter itself. */
10898 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10899 tok--;
10900 tok++;
10901 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10902
10903 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10904 {
10905 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10906 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10907 only in a specific thread. */
10908 char *endp;
10909
10910 if (thread != -1)
10911 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10912
10913 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10914 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10915
10916 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10917 thread ID. */
10918 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10919 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10920
10921 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10922 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10923 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10924 }
10925 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10926 {
10927 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10928 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10929 facility. */
10930 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10931
10932 if (use_mask)
10933 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10934
10935 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10936
10937 mark = value_mark ();
10938 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10939 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10940 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10941 }
10942 else
10943 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10944 break;
10945
10946 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10947 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10948 exp_end = tok;
10949 }
10950 }
10951 else
10952 exp_end = arg;
10953
10954 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10955 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10956 ARG. */
10957 innermost_block = NULL;
10958 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
10959 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
10960 exp_start = arg = expression;
10961 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10962 exp_end = arg;
10963 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10964 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10965 prettier. */
10966 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10967 --exp_end;
10968
10969 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10970 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10971 {
10972 int len;
10973
10974 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10975 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10976 len--;
10977 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10978 }
10979
10980 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10981 mark = value_mark ();
10982 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10983
10984 if (just_location)
10985 {
10986 int ret;
10987
10988 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10989 val = value_addr (result);
10990 release_value (val);
10991 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10992
10993 if (use_mask)
10994 {
10995 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10996 mask);
10997 if (ret == -1)
10998 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10999 else if (ret == -2)
11000 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11001 }
11002 }
11003 else if (val != NULL)
11004 release_value (val);
11005
11006 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11007 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11008
11009 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11010 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11011 {
11012 struct expression *cond;
11013
11014 innermost_block = NULL;
11015 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11016 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11017
11018 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11019 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11020 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11021
11022 xfree (cond);
11023 cond_end = tok;
11024 }
11025 if (*tok)
11026 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11027
11028 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11029 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11030 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11031 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11032 else
11033 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11034
11035 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11036
11037 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11038 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11039 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11040 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11041 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11042 {
11043 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11044 {
11045 scope_breakpoint
11046 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11047 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11048 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11049 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11050
11051 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11052
11053 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11054 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11055
11056 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11057 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11058
11059 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11060 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11061 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11062 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11063 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11064 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11065 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11066 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11067 scope_breakpoint->type);
11068 }
11069 }
11070
11071 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11072
11073 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11074 b = &w->base;
11075 if (use_mask)
11076 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11077 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11078 else
11079 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11080 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11081 b->thread = thread;
11082 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11083 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11084 w->exp = exp;
11085 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11086 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11087 if (just_location)
11088 {
11089 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11090 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11091 char *name;
11092
11093 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11094 name = type_to_string (t);
11095
11096 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11097 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11098 xfree (name);
11099
11100 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11101 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11102
11103 /* The above expression is in C. */
11104 b->language = language_c;
11105 }
11106 else
11107 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11108
11109 if (use_mask)
11110 {
11111 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11112 }
11113 else
11114 {
11115 w->val = val;
11116 w->val_valid = 1;
11117 }
11118
11119 if (cond_start)
11120 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11121 else
11122 b->cond_string = 0;
11123
11124 if (frame)
11125 {
11126 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11127 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11128 }
11129 else
11130 {
11131 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11132 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11133 }
11134
11135 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11136 {
11137 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11138 need to act on them together. */
11139 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11140 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11141 }
11142
11143 if (!just_location)
11144 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11145
11146 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11147 {
11148 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11149 that should be inserted. */
11150 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11151 }
11152 if (e.reason < 0)
11153 {
11154 delete_breakpoint (b);
11155 throw_exception (e);
11156 }
11157
11158 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11159 do_cleanups (back_to);
11160 }
11161
11162 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11163 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11164
11165 static int
11166 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11167 {
11168 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11169 struct value *head = v;
11170
11171 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11172 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11173 return 0;
11174
11175 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11176 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11177 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11178 hardware watchpoint.
11179
11180 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11181 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11182 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11183 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11184 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11185 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11186 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11187 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11188 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11189
11190 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11191 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11192 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11193 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11194 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11195 {
11196 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11197 {
11198 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11199 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11200 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11201 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11202 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11203 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11204 ;
11205 else
11206 {
11207 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11208 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11209 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11210
11211 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11212 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11213 middle of some value chain. */
11214 if (v == head
11215 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11216 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11217 {
11218 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11219 int len;
11220 int num_regs;
11221
11222 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11223 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11224 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11225
11226 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11227 if (!num_regs)
11228 return 0;
11229 else
11230 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11231 }
11232 }
11233 }
11234 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11235 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11236 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11237 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11238 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11239 }
11240
11241 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11242 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11243 return found_memory_cnt;
11244 }
11245
11246 void
11247 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11248 {
11249 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11250 }
11251
11252 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11253 calls watch_command_1. */
11254
11255 static void
11256 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11257 {
11258 int just_location = 0;
11259
11260 if (arg
11261 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11262 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11263 {
11264 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11265 just_location = 1;
11266 }
11267
11268 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11269 }
11270
11271 static void
11272 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11273 {
11274 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11275 }
11276
11277 void
11278 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11279 {
11280 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11281 }
11282
11283 static void
11284 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11285 {
11286 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11287 }
11288
11289 void
11290 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11291 {
11292 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11293 }
11294
11295 static void
11296 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11297 {
11298 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11299 }
11300 \f
11301
11302 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11303 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11304
11305 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11306 {
11307 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11308 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11309 int thread_num;
11310 };
11311
11312 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11313 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11314 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11315 command. */
11316 static void
11317 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11318 {
11319 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11320
11321 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11322 if (a->breakpoint2)
11323 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11324 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11325 }
11326
11327 void
11328 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11329 {
11330 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11331 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11332 struct frame_info *frame;
11333 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11334 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11335 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11336 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11337 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11338 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11339 int thread;
11340 struct thread_info *tp;
11341
11342 clear_proceed_status ();
11343
11344 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11345 this function. */
11346
11347 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11348 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11349 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11350 get_last_displayed_line ());
11351 else
11352 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11353 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11354
11355 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11356 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11357
11358 sal = sals.sals[0];
11359 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11360
11361 if (*arg)
11362 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11363
11364 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11365
11366 tp = inferior_thread ();
11367 thread = tp->num;
11368
11369 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11370
11371 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11372 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11373 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11374 that. */
11375
11376 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11377 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11378 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11379 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11380
11381 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11382 one. */
11383
11384 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11385 {
11386 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11387
11388 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11389 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11390 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11391 sal2,
11392 caller_frame_id,
11393 bp_until);
11394 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11395
11396 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11397 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11398 }
11399
11400 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11401 frame = NULL;
11402
11403 if (anywhere)
11404 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11405 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11406 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11407 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11408 else
11409 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11410 only at the very same frame. */
11411 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11412 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11413 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11414
11415 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11416
11417 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11418 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11419 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11420 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11421
11422 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11423 {
11424 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11425 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11426
11427 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11428 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11429 args->thread_num = thread;
11430
11431 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11432 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11433 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11434 xfree);
11435 }
11436 else
11437 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11438 }
11439
11440 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11441 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11442
11443 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11444 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11445 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11446 if clause in the arg string. */
11447
11448 char *
11449 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11450 {
11451 char *cond_string;
11452
11453 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11454 return NULL;
11455
11456 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11457 (*arg) += 2;
11458
11459 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11460 condition string. */
11461 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11462 cond_string = *arg;
11463
11464 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11465 string. */
11466 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11467
11468 return cond_string;
11469 }
11470
11471 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11472 process start/exit, etc. */
11473
11474 typedef enum
11475 {
11476 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11477 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11478 }
11479 catch_fork_kind;
11480
11481 static void
11482 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11483 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11484 {
11485 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11486 char *cond_string = NULL;
11487 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11488 int tempflag;
11489
11490 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11491 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11492 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11493
11494 if (!arg)
11495 arg = "";
11496 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11497
11498 /* The allowed syntax is:
11499 catch [v]fork
11500 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11501
11502 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11503 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11504
11505 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11506 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11507
11508 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11509 and enable reporting of such events. */
11510 switch (fork_kind)
11511 {
11512 case catch_fork_temporary:
11513 case catch_fork_permanent:
11514 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11515 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11516 break;
11517 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11518 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11519 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11520 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11521 break;
11522 default:
11523 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11524 break;
11525 }
11526 }
11527
11528 static void
11529 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11530 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11531 {
11532 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11533 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11534 int tempflag;
11535 char *cond_string = NULL;
11536
11537 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11538
11539 if (!arg)
11540 arg = "";
11541 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11542
11543 /* The allowed syntax is:
11544 catch exec
11545 catch exec if <cond>
11546
11547 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11548 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11549
11550 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11551 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11552
11553 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11554 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11555 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11556 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11557
11558 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11559 }
11560
11561 void
11562 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11563 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11564 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11565 char *addr_string,
11566 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11567 int tempflag,
11568 int from_tty)
11569 {
11570 if (from_tty)
11571 {
11572 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11573 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11574 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11575
11576 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11577 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11578 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11579 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11580 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11581 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11582 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11583 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11584 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11585 enough for now, though. */
11586 }
11587
11588 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11589
11590 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11591 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11592 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11593 b->language = language_ada;
11594 }
11595
11596 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11597 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11598 static VEC(int) *
11599 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11600 {
11601 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11602 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11603
11604 while (*arg != '\0')
11605 {
11606 int i, syscall_number;
11607 char *endptr;
11608 char cur_name[128];
11609 struct syscall s;
11610
11611 /* Skip whitespace. */
11612 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11613
11614 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11615 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11616 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11617 arg += i;
11618
11619 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11620 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11621 if (*endptr == '\0')
11622 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11623 else
11624 {
11625 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11626 to a number. */
11627 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11628
11629 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11630 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11631 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11632 syscall number to be caught. */
11633 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11634 }
11635
11636 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11637 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11638 }
11639
11640 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11641 return result;
11642 }
11643
11644 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11645
11646 static void
11647 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11648 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11649 {
11650 int tempflag;
11651 VEC(int) *filter;
11652 struct syscall s;
11653 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11654
11655 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11656 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11657 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11658 this architecture yet."));
11659
11660 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11661
11662 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11663
11664 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11665 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11666 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11667 for his/her architecture. */
11668 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11669
11670 /* The allowed syntax is:
11671 catch syscall
11672 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11673
11674 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11675
11676 if (arg != NULL)
11677 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11678 else
11679 filter = NULL;
11680
11681 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11682 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11683 }
11684
11685 static void
11686 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11687 {
11688 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11689 }
11690 \f
11691
11692 static void
11693 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11694 {
11695 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11696 }
11697
11698 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11699
11700 static int
11701 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11702 {
11703 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11704 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11705 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11706 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11707
11708 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11709 return -1;
11710 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11711 return 1;
11712
11713 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11714 the number 0. */
11715 if (ua < ub)
11716 return -1;
11717 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11718 }
11719
11720 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11721
11722 static void
11723 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11724 {
11725 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11726 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11727 int ix;
11728 int default_match;
11729 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11730 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11731 int i;
11732 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11733
11734 if (arg)
11735 {
11736 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11737 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11738 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11739 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11740 default_match = 0;
11741 }
11742 else
11743 {
11744 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11745 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11746 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11747 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11748
11749 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11750 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11751 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11752 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11753 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11754 error (_("No source file specified."));
11755
11756 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11757 sals.nelts = 1;
11758
11759 default_match = 1;
11760 }
11761
11762 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11763 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11764 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11765 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11766
11767 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11768 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11769 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11770 due to optimization, all in one block.
11771
11772 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11773 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11774 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11775 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11776 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11777 to support that. */
11778
11779 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11780 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11781 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11782 breakpoint. */
11783
11784 found = NULL;
11785 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11786 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11787 {
11788 const char *sal_fullname;
11789
11790 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11791 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11792 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11793 or at default pc.
11794
11795 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11796
11797 0 1 pc
11798 1 1 pc _and_ line
11799 0 0 line
11800 1 0 <can't happen> */
11801
11802 sal = sals.sals[i];
11803 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11804 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11805
11806 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11807 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11808 {
11809 int match = 0;
11810 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11811 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11812 {
11813 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11814 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11815 {
11816 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11817 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11818 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11819 && sal.pc
11820 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11821 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11822 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11823 || loc->section == sal.section));
11824 int line_match = 0;
11825
11826 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11827 && loc->symtab != NULL
11828 && sal_fullname != NULL
11829 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11830 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11831 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11832 sal_fullname) == 0)
11833 line_match = 1;
11834
11835 if (pc_match || line_match)
11836 {
11837 match = 1;
11838 break;
11839 }
11840 }
11841 }
11842
11843 if (match)
11844 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11845 }
11846 }
11847
11848 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11849 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11850 {
11851 if (arg)
11852 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11853 else
11854 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11855 }
11856
11857 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11858 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11859 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11860 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11861 compare_breakpoints);
11862 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11863 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11864 {
11865 if (b == prev)
11866 {
11867 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11868 --ix;
11869 }
11870 }
11871
11872 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11873 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11874 if (from_tty)
11875 {
11876 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11877 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11878 else
11879 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11880 }
11881
11882 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11883 {
11884 if (from_tty)
11885 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11886 delete_breakpoint (b);
11887 }
11888 if (from_tty)
11889 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11890
11891 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11892 }
11893 \f
11894 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11895 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11896 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11897
11898 void
11899 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11900 {
11901 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11902
11903 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11904 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11905 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11906 && bs->stop)
11907 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11908
11909 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11910 {
11911 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11912 delete_breakpoint (b);
11913 }
11914 }
11915
11916 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11917 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11918 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11919 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11920 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11921 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11922
11923 static int
11924 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11925 {
11926 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11927 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11928 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11929 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11930 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11931
11932 if (a->address != b->address)
11933 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11934
11935 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11936 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11937 grouped. */
11938
11939 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11940 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11941 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11942
11943 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11944 if (a_perm != b_perm)
11945 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
11946
11947 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11948 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11949 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11950
11951 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11952 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11953 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11954
11955 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11956 }
11957
11958 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11959 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11960 content of the bp_location array. */
11961
11962 static void
11963 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11964 {
11965 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11966
11967 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11968 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11969
11970 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11971 {
11972 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11973
11974 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11975 continue;
11976
11977 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11978 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11979
11980 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11981 addr = bl->address - start;
11982 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
11983 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11984
11985 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11986
11987 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11988 addr = end - bl->address;
11989 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11990 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11991 }
11992 }
11993
11994 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11995
11996 static void
11997 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11998 {
11999 struct breakpoint *b;
12000 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12001
12002 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12003 return;
12004
12005 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12006
12007 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12008 {
12009 struct bp_location *bl;
12010 struct tracepoint *t;
12011 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12012
12013 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12014 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12015 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12016 continue;
12017
12018 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12019 {
12020 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12021 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12022 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12023 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12024 continue;
12025
12026 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12027
12028 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12029
12030 bl->inserted = 1;
12031 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12032 }
12033 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12034 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12035 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12036 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12037 }
12038
12039 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12040 }
12041
12042 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12043
12044 static void
12045 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12046 {
12047 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12048 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12049 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12050 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12051
12052 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12053 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12054 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12055 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12056 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12057
12058 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12059 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12060 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12061 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12062 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12063 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12064 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12065 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12066 }
12067
12068 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12069 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12070 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12071 the target. */
12072
12073 static void
12074 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12075 {
12076 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12077 struct bp_location *loc;
12078 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12079 int pspace_num;
12080
12081 address = bl->address;
12082 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12083
12084 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12085 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12086 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12087 side. */
12088 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12089 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12090 return;
12091
12092 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12093 the same program space as the location
12094 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12095 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12096 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12097 {
12098 loc = *loc2p;
12099
12100 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12101 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12102 continue;
12103
12104 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12105 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12106 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12107 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12108 that have already been marked. */
12109 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12110
12111 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12112 it later on. */
12113 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12114 {
12115 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12116 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12117 }
12118 }
12119 }
12120
12121 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12122 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12123 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12124 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12125 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12126 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12127 returns true on them.
12128
12129 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12130 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12131 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12132 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12133 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12134 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12135
12136 static void
12137 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12138 {
12139 struct breakpoint *b;
12140 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12141 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12142 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12143 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12144 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12145 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12146
12147 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12148 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12149 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12150 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12151 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12152 once. */
12153 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12154 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12155 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12156 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12157
12158 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12159 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12160 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12161 unsigned old_location_count;
12162
12163 old_location = bp_location;
12164 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12165 bp_location = NULL;
12166 bp_location_count = 0;
12167 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12168
12169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12170 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12171 bp_location_count++;
12172
12173 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12174 locp = bp_location;
12175 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12176 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12177 *locp++ = loc;
12178 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12179 bp_location_compare);
12180
12181 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12182
12183 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12184 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12185 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12186 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12187 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12188 location.
12189
12190 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12191 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12192
12193 locp = bp_location;
12194 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12195 old_locp++)
12196 {
12197 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12198 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12199
12200 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12201 not, we have to free it. */
12202 int found_object = 0;
12203 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12204 int keep_in_target = 0;
12205 int removed = 0;
12206
12207 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12208 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12209 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12210 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12211 locp++;
12212
12213 for (loc2p = locp;
12214 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12215 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12216 loc2p++)
12217 {
12218 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12219 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12220 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12221 place there. */
12222 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12223 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12224 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12225 {
12226 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12227 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12228 }
12229
12230 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12231 found_object = 1;
12232 }
12233
12234 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12235 have to go through updates again. */
12236 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12237
12238 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12239 if (!found_object)
12240 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12241
12242 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12243 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12244 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12245 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12246 at certain location is not inserted. */
12247
12248 if (old_loc->inserted)
12249 {
12250 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12251 it. */
12252
12253 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12254 {
12255 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12256 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12257 keep_in_target = 1;
12258 }
12259 else
12260 {
12261 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12262 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12263 remove its target-side condition. */
12264
12265 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12266 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12267 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12268 this one from the target. */
12269
12270 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12271 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12272 {
12273 for (loc2p = locp;
12274 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12275 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12276 loc2p++)
12277 {
12278 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12279
12280 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12281 {
12282 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12283 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12284 supported, but the latter are. */
12285 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12286 {
12287 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12288 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12289 }
12290
12291 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12292 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12293 unduplicated. */
12294 if (loc2 != old_loc
12295 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12296 {
12297 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12298 keep_in_target = 1;
12299 break;
12300 }
12301 }
12302 }
12303 }
12304 }
12305
12306 if (!keep_in_target)
12307 {
12308 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12309 {
12310 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12311 this location on the global list, and try to
12312 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12313 reason why we will succeed next time.
12314
12315 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12316 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12317 only after calling us. */
12318 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12319 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12320 old_loc->owner->number);
12321 }
12322 removed = 1;
12323 }
12324 }
12325
12326 if (!found_object)
12327 {
12328 if (removed && non_stop
12329 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12330 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12331 {
12332 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12333 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12334 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12335 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12336 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12337 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12338 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12339 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12340 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12341 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12342 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12343 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12344 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12345 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12346 SIGTRAP.
12347
12348 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12349 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12350
12351 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12352 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12353 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12354 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12355 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12356 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12357 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12358 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12359 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12360 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12361 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12362 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12363 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12364 thread_count.
12365
12366 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12367 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12368 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12369 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12370
12371 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12372 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12373 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12374 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12375 traps we can no longer explain. */
12376
12377 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12378 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12379
12380 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12381 }
12382 else
12383 {
12384 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12385 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12386 }
12387 }
12388 }
12389
12390 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12391 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12392 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12393 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12394 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12395 are sorted first for the same address.
12396
12397 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12398 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12399
12400 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12401 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12402 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12403 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12404 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12405 {
12406 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12407 non-NULL. */
12408 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12409 b = loc->owner;
12410
12411 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12412 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12413 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12414 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12415 `struct bp_location'. */
12416 || is_tracepoint (b))
12417 {
12418 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12419 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12420 continue;
12421 }
12422
12423 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12424 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12425 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12426 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12427 "actually inserted"));
12428
12429 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12430 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12431 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12432 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12433 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12434 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12435 else
12436 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12437
12438 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12439 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12440 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12441 {
12442 *loc_first_p = loc;
12443 loc->duplicate = 0;
12444
12445 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12446 {
12447 loc->needs_update = 1;
12448 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12449 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12450 }
12451 continue;
12452 }
12453
12454
12455 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12456 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12457 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12458 if (loc->inserted)
12459 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12460 loc->duplicate = 1;
12461
12462 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12463 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12464
12465 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12466 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12467 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12468 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12469 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12470 }
12471
12472 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12473 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12474 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12475 {
12476 if (should_insert)
12477 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12478 else
12479 {
12480 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12481 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12482 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12483 "needs_update". */
12484 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12485 }
12486 }
12487
12488 if (should_insert)
12489 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12490
12491 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12492 }
12493
12494 void
12495 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12496 {
12497 struct bp_location *loc;
12498 int ix;
12499
12500 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12501 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12502 {
12503 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12504 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12505 --ix;
12506 }
12507 }
12508
12509 static void
12510 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12511 {
12512 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12513
12514 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12515 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12516 }
12517
12518 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12519
12520 static void
12521 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12522 {
12523 bpstat bs;
12524
12525 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12526 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12527 {
12528 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12529 bs->old_val = NULL;
12530 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12531 }
12532 }
12533
12534 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12535 static int
12536 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12537 {
12538 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12539
12540 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12541 return 0;
12542 }
12543
12544 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12545 callbacks. */
12546
12547 static void
12548 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12549 {
12550 struct value_print_options opts;
12551
12552 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12553
12554 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12555 single string. */
12556 if (b->loc == NULL)
12557 {
12558 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12559 }
12560 else
12561 {
12562 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12563 {
12564 printf_filtered (" at ");
12565 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12566 gdb_stdout);
12567 }
12568 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12569 {
12570 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12571 more nicely. */
12572 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12573 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12574 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12575 b->loc->line_number);
12576 else
12577 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12578 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12579 real situation somewhat. */
12580 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12581 }
12582
12583 if (b->loc->next)
12584 {
12585 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12586 int n = 0;
12587 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12588 ++n;
12589 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12590 }
12591 }
12592 }
12593
12594 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12595
12596 static void
12597 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12598 {
12599 xfree (self->cond);
12600 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12601 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12602 xfree (self->function_name);
12603 }
12604
12605 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12606 {
12607 bp_location_dtor
12608 };
12609
12610 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12611 inherit from. */
12612
12613 static void
12614 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12615 {
12616 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12617 xfree (self->cond_string);
12618 xfree (self->extra_string);
12619 xfree (self->addr_string);
12620 xfree (self->filter);
12621 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12622 }
12623
12624 static struct bp_location *
12625 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12626 {
12627 struct bp_location *loc;
12628
12629 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12630 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12631 return loc;
12632 }
12633
12634 static void
12635 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12636 {
12637 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12638 }
12639
12640 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12641 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12642
12643 static int
12644 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12645 {
12646 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12647 }
12648
12649 static int
12650 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12651 {
12652 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12653 }
12654
12655 static int
12656 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12657 struct address_space *aspace,
12658 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12659 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12660 {
12661 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12662 }
12663
12664 static void
12665 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12666 {
12667 /* Always stop. */
12668 }
12669
12670 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12671 errors. */
12672
12673 static int
12674 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12675 {
12676 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12677 }
12678
12679 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12680 errors. */
12681
12682 static int
12683 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12684 {
12685 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12686 }
12687
12688 static enum print_stop_action
12689 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12690 {
12691 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12692 }
12693
12694 static void
12695 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12696 struct ui_out *uiout)
12697 {
12698 /* nothing */
12699 }
12700
12701 static void
12702 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12703 {
12704 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12705 }
12706
12707 static void
12708 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12709 {
12710 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12711 }
12712
12713 static void
12714 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12715 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12716 enum bptype type_wanted,
12717 char *addr_start,
12718 char **copy_arg)
12719 {
12720 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12721 }
12722
12723 static void
12724 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12725 struct linespec_result *c,
12726 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12727 char *cond_string,
12728 char *extra_string,
12729 enum bptype type_wanted,
12730 enum bpdisp disposition,
12731 int thread,
12732 int task, int ignore_count,
12733 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12734 int from_tty, int enabled,
12735 int internal, unsigned flags)
12736 {
12737 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12738 }
12739
12740 static void
12741 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12742 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12743 {
12744 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12745 }
12746
12747 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12748
12749 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12750 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b)
12751 {
12752 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12753 }
12754
12755 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12756 {
12757 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12758 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12759 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12760 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12761 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12762 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12763 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12764 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12765 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12766 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12767 NULL,
12768 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12769 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12770 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12771 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12772 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12773 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12774 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12775 };
12776
12777 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12778
12779 static void
12780 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12781 {
12782 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12783 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12784 {
12785 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12786 delete_breakpoint (b);
12787 return;
12788 }
12789
12790 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12791 }
12792
12793 static int
12794 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12795 {
12796 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12797 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12798 &bl->target_info);
12799 else
12800 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12801 &bl->target_info);
12802 }
12803
12804 static int
12805 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12806 {
12807 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12808 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12809 else
12810 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12811 }
12812
12813 static int
12814 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12815 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12816 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12817 {
12818 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12819 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12820 return 0;
12821
12822 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12823 aspace, bp_addr))
12824 return 0;
12825
12826 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12827 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12828 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12829 return 0;
12830
12831 return 1;
12832 }
12833
12834 static int
12835 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12836 {
12837 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12838
12839 return 1;
12840 }
12841
12842 static enum print_stop_action
12843 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12844 {
12845 struct breakpoint *b;
12846 const struct bp_location *bl;
12847 int bp_temp;
12848 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12849
12850 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12851
12852 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12853 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12854
12855 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12856 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12857 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12858 bl->address,
12859 b->number, 1);
12860 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12861 if (bp_temp)
12862 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12863 else
12864 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12865 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12866 {
12867 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12868 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12869 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12870 }
12871 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12872 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12873
12874 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12875 }
12876
12877 static void
12878 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12879 {
12880 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12881 return;
12882
12883 switch (b->type)
12884 {
12885 case bp_breakpoint:
12886 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12887 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12888 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12889 else
12890 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12891 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12892 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12893 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12894 break;
12895 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12896 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12897 break;
12898 case bp_dprintf:
12899 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12900 break;
12901 }
12902
12903 say_where (b);
12904 }
12905
12906 static void
12907 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12908 {
12909 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12910 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12911 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12912 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12913 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12914 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12915 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12916 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12917 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12918 else
12919 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12920 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12921
12922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12923 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12924 }
12925
12926 static void
12927 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12928 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12929 enum bptype type_wanted,
12930 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12931 {
12932 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12933 addr_start, copy_arg);
12934 }
12935
12936 static void
12937 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12938 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12939 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12940 char *cond_string,
12941 char *extra_string,
12942 enum bptype type_wanted,
12943 enum bpdisp disposition,
12944 int thread,
12945 int task, int ignore_count,
12946 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12947 int from_tty, int enabled,
12948 int internal, unsigned flags)
12949 {
12950 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12951 cond_string, extra_string,
12952 type_wanted,
12953 disposition, thread, task,
12954 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12955 enabled, internal, flags);
12956 }
12957
12958 static void
12959 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12960 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12961 {
12962 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12963 }
12964
12965 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12966
12967 static void
12968 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12969 {
12970 switch (b->type)
12971 {
12972 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12973 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12974 case bp_overlay_event:
12975 case bp_longjmp_master:
12976 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12977 case bp_exception_master:
12978 delete_breakpoint (b);
12979 break;
12980
12981 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12982 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12983 case bp_shlib_event:
12984
12985 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12986 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12987 case bp_thread_event:
12988 break;
12989 }
12990 }
12991
12992 static void
12993 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12994 {
12995 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12996 {
12997 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12998 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12999 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13000 objects (among other things). */
13001 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13002 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13003 }
13004 else
13005 bs->stop = 0;
13006 }
13007
13008 static enum print_stop_action
13009 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13010 {
13011 struct breakpoint *b;
13012
13013 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13014
13015 switch (b->type)
13016 {
13017 case bp_shlib_event:
13018 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13019 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13020 to shlib event" message.) */
13021 print_solib_event (0);
13022 break;
13023
13024 case bp_thread_event:
13025 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13026 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13027 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13028 break;
13029
13030 case bp_overlay_event:
13031 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13032 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13033 break;
13034
13035 case bp_longjmp_master:
13036 /* These should never be enabled. */
13037 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13038 break;
13039
13040 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13041 /* These should never be enabled. */
13042 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13043 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13044 break;
13045
13046 case bp_exception_master:
13047 /* These should never be enabled. */
13048 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13049 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13050 break;
13051 }
13052
13053 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13054 }
13055
13056 static void
13057 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13058 {
13059 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13060 }
13061
13062 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13063
13064 static void
13065 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13066 {
13067 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13068 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13069 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13070 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13071 }
13072
13073 static void
13074 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13075 {
13076 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13077 }
13078
13079 static enum print_stop_action
13080 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13081 {
13082 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13083
13084 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13085 {
13086 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13087
13088 switch (b->type)
13089 {
13090 case bp_finish:
13091 ui_out_field_string
13092 (uiout, "reason",
13093 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13094 break;
13095
13096 case bp_until:
13097 ui_out_field_string
13098 (uiout, "reason",
13099 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13100 break;
13101 }
13102 }
13103
13104 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13105 }
13106
13107 static void
13108 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13109 {
13110 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13111 }
13112
13113 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13114
13115 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13116 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13117
13118 static void
13119 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13120 {
13121 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13122
13123 if (tp)
13124 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13125
13126 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13127 }
13128
13129 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13130
13131 static int
13132 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13133 {
13134 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13135
13136 if (v == 0)
13137 {
13138 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13139 if needed. */
13140 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13141 }
13142
13143 return v;
13144 }
13145
13146 static int
13147 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13148 {
13149 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13150 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13151
13152 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13153 }
13154
13155 static void
13156 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13157 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13158 enum bptype type_wanted,
13159 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13160 {
13161 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13162
13163 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13164
13165 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13166 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13167
13168 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13169 }
13170
13171 static void
13172 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13173 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13174 {
13175 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13176 if (!sals->sals)
13177 error (_("probe not found"));
13178 }
13179
13180 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13181
13182 static void
13183 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13184 {
13185 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13186 }
13187
13188 static int
13189 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13190 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13191 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13192 {
13193 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13194 tracepoints. */
13195 return 0;
13196 }
13197
13198 static void
13199 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13200 struct ui_out *uiout)
13201 {
13202 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13203 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13204 {
13205 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13206
13207 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13208 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13209 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13210 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13211 }
13212 }
13213
13214 static void
13215 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13216 {
13217 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13218 return;
13219
13220 switch (b->type)
13221 {
13222 case bp_tracepoint:
13223 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13224 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13225 break;
13226 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13227 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13228 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13229 break;
13230 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13231 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13232 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13233 break;
13234 default:
13235 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13236 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13237 }
13238
13239 say_where (b);
13240 }
13241
13242 static void
13243 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13244 {
13245 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13246
13247 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13248 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13249 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13250 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13251 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13252 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13253 else
13254 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13255 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13256
13257 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13258 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13259
13260 if (tp->pass_count)
13261 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13262 }
13263
13264 static void
13265 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13266 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13267 enum bptype type_wanted,
13268 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13269 {
13270 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13271 addr_start, copy_arg);
13272 }
13273
13274 static void
13275 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13276 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13277 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13278 char *cond_string,
13279 char *extra_string,
13280 enum bptype type_wanted,
13281 enum bpdisp disposition,
13282 int thread,
13283 int task, int ignore_count,
13284 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13285 int from_tty, int enabled,
13286 int internal, unsigned flags)
13287 {
13288 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13289 cond_string, extra_string,
13290 type_wanted,
13291 disposition, thread, task,
13292 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13293 enabled, internal, flags);
13294 }
13295
13296 static void
13297 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13298 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13299 {
13300 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13301 }
13302
13303 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13304
13305 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13306 static probe. */
13307
13308 static void
13309 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13310 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13311 enum bptype type_wanted,
13312 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13313 {
13314 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13315 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13316 addr_start, copy_arg);
13317 }
13318
13319 static void
13320 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13321 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13322 {
13323 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13324 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13325 }
13326
13327 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13328
13329 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13330
13331 static void
13332 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13333 {
13334 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13335
13336 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13337 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13338 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13339 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13340 resolved. */
13341 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13342 error (_("Format string required"));
13343
13344 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13345 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13346 3 - disconnect from target 1
13347 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13348
13349 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13350 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13351 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13352 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13353 it all the time. */
13354 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13355 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13356 }
13357
13358 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13359
13360 static void
13361 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13362 {
13363 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13364 tp->extra_string);
13365 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13366 }
13367
13368 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13369 markers (`-m'). */
13370
13371 static void
13372 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13373 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13374 enum bptype type_wanted,
13375 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13376 {
13377 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13378
13379 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13380
13381 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13382
13383 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13384 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13385 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13386 }
13387
13388 static void
13389 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13390 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13391 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13392 char *cond_string,
13393 char *extra_string,
13394 enum bptype type_wanted,
13395 enum bpdisp disposition,
13396 int thread,
13397 int task, int ignore_count,
13398 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13399 int from_tty, int enabled,
13400 int internal, unsigned flags)
13401 {
13402 int i;
13403
13404 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13405 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13406 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13407 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13408 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13409 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13410
13411 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13412 {
13413 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13414 struct tracepoint *tp;
13415 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13416 char *addr_string;
13417
13418 expanded.nelts = 1;
13419 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13420
13421 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13422 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13423
13424 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13425 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13426 addr_string, NULL,
13427 cond_string, extra_string,
13428 type_wanted, disposition,
13429 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13430 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13431 canonical->special_display);
13432 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13433 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13434 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13435 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13436 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13437 corresponds to this one */
13438 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13439
13440 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13441
13442 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13443 }
13444 }
13445
13446 static void
13447 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13448 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13449 {
13450 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13451
13452 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13453 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13454 {
13455 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13456 sals->nelts = 1;
13457 }
13458 else
13459 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13460 }
13461
13462 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13463
13464 static int
13465 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13466 {
13467 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13468 }
13469
13470 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13471 structures. */
13472
13473 void
13474 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13475 {
13476 struct breakpoint *b;
13477
13478 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13479
13480 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13481 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13482 especial culprits.
13483
13484 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13485 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13486 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13487 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13488 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13489 deleted.
13490
13491 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13492 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13493 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13494 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13495 was chosen. */
13496 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13497 return;
13498
13499 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13500 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13501 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13502 {
13503 struct breakpoint *related;
13504 struct watchpoint *w;
13505
13506 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13507 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13508 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13509 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13510 else
13511 w = NULL;
13512 if (w != NULL)
13513 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13514
13515 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13516 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13517 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13518 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13519 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13520 }
13521
13522 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13523 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13524 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13525 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13526 if (bpt->number)
13527 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13528
13529 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13530 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13531
13532 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13533 if (b->next == bpt)
13534 {
13535 b->next = bpt->next;
13536 break;
13537 }
13538
13539 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13540 been freed. */
13541 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13542 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13543 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13544 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13545 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13546 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13547 commands won't work. */
13548
13549 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13550
13551 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13552 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13553 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13554 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13555 might be better design to have location completely
13556 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13557 update_global_location_list (0);
13558
13559 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13560 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13561 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13562 bpt->type = bp_none;
13563 xfree (bpt);
13564 }
13565
13566 static void
13567 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13568 {
13569 delete_breakpoint (b);
13570 }
13571
13572 struct cleanup *
13573 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13574 {
13575 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13576 }
13577
13578 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13579 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13580
13581 static void
13582 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13583 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13584 void *),
13585 void *data)
13586 {
13587 struct breakpoint *related;
13588
13589 related = b;
13590 do
13591 {
13592 struct breakpoint *next;
13593
13594 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13595 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13596
13597 if (next == related)
13598 {
13599 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13600 function (related, data);
13601
13602 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13603 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13604 out. */
13605 break;
13606 }
13607 else
13608 function (related, data);
13609
13610 related = next;
13611 }
13612 while (related != b);
13613 }
13614
13615 static void
13616 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13617 {
13618 delete_breakpoint (b);
13619 }
13620
13621 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13622 delete_breakpoint. */
13623
13624 static void
13625 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13626 {
13627 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13628 }
13629
13630 void
13631 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13632 {
13633 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13634
13635 dont_repeat ();
13636
13637 if (arg == 0)
13638 {
13639 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13640
13641 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13642 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13643 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13644 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13645 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13646 {
13647 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13648 break;
13649 }
13650
13651 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13652 if (!from_tty
13653 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13654 {
13655 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13656 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13657 delete_breakpoint (b);
13658 }
13659 }
13660 else
13661 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13662 }
13663
13664 static int
13665 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13666 {
13667 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13668 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13669 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13670 return 0;
13671 return 1;
13672 }
13673
13674 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13675 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13676 Null names are ignored. */
13677
13678 static int
13679 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13680 {
13681 struct bp_location *l;
13682 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13683 (int (*) (const void *,
13684 const void *)) streq,
13685 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13686
13687 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13688 {
13689 const char **slot;
13690 const char *name = l->function_name;
13691
13692 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13693 if (name == NULL)
13694 continue;
13695
13696 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13697 INSERT);
13698 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13699 returns NULL. */
13700 if (*slot != NULL)
13701 {
13702 htab_delete (htab);
13703 return 1;
13704 }
13705 *slot = name;
13706 }
13707
13708 htab_delete (htab);
13709 return 0;
13710 }
13711
13712 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13713 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13714 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13715 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13716 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13717 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13718 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13719 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13720 The heuristic is:
13721
13722 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13723 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13724 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13725 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13726 in the sources, and output a warning.
13727
13728 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13729 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13730 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13731 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13732 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13733 warning.
13734
13735 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13736 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13737 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13738 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13739 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13740 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13741 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13742 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13743 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13744
13745 static struct symtab_and_line
13746 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13747 {
13748 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13749 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13750 CORE_ADDR pc;
13751
13752 pc = sal.pc;
13753 if (sal.line)
13754 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13755
13756 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13757 {
13758 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13759 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13760 b->number,
13761 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13762
13763 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13764 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13765 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13766
13767 return sal;
13768 }
13769
13770 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13771 by string ID. */
13772 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13773 && sal.line != 0
13774 && sal.symtab != NULL
13775 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13776 {
13777 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13778
13779 markers
13780 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13781
13782 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13783 {
13784 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13785 struct symbol *sym;
13786 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13787 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13788
13789 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13790
13791 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13792 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13793
13794 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13795 "found at previous line number"),
13796 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13797
13798 init_sal (&sal2);
13799
13800 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13801
13802 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13803 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13804 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13805 if (sym)
13806 {
13807 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13808 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13809 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13810 }
13811 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13812 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13813 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13814
13815 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13816 {
13817 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13818
13819 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13820 }
13821
13822 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13823 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13824
13825 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13826 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13827
13828 xfree (b->addr_string);
13829 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13830 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
13831 b->loc->line_number);
13832
13833 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13834 so. */
13835
13836 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13837 }
13838 }
13839 return sal;
13840 }
13841
13842 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13843 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13844
13845 static int
13846 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13847 {
13848 while (a && b)
13849 {
13850 if (a->address != b->address)
13851 return 0;
13852
13853 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13854 return 0;
13855
13856 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13857 return 0;
13858
13859 a = a->next;
13860 b = b->next;
13861 }
13862
13863 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13864 return 0;
13865
13866 return 1;
13867 }
13868
13869 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13870 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13871 a ranged breakpoint. */
13872
13873 void
13874 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13875 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13876 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13877 {
13878 int i;
13879 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13880
13881 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13882 {
13883 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13884 location. */
13885 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13886 update_global_location_list (1);
13887 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13888 "multiple locations found\n"),
13889 b->number);
13890 return;
13891 }
13892
13893 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13894 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13895 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13896 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13897 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13898 individual locations. */
13899 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13900 return;
13901
13902 b->loc = NULL;
13903
13904 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13905 {
13906 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13907
13908 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13909
13910 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13911
13912 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13913 old symtab. */
13914 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13915 {
13916 const char *s;
13917 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13918
13919 s = b->cond_string;
13920 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13921 {
13922 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13923 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13924 0);
13925 }
13926 if (e.reason < 0)
13927 {
13928 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13929 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13930 b->number, e.message);
13931 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13932 }
13933 }
13934
13935 if (sals_end.nelts)
13936 {
13937 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13938
13939 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13940 }
13941 }
13942
13943 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13944 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13945 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13946
13947 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13948 breakpoints. */
13949 {
13950 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13951 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13952 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13953 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13954 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13955 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13956 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13957
13958 for (; e; e = e->next)
13959 {
13960 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13961 {
13962 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13963 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13964 {
13965 for (; l; l = l->next)
13966 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13967 {
13968 l->enabled = 0;
13969 break;
13970 }
13971 }
13972 else
13973 {
13974 for (; l; l = l->next)
13975 if (l->function_name
13976 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13977 {
13978 l->enabled = 0;
13979 break;
13980 }
13981 }
13982 }
13983 }
13984 }
13985
13986 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13987 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13988
13989 update_global_location_list (1);
13990 }
13991
13992 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
13993 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13994
13995 static struct symtabs_and_lines
13996 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
13997 {
13998 char *s;
13999 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14000 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14001
14002 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14003 s = addr_string;
14004
14005 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14006 {
14007 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14008 }
14009 if (e.reason < 0)
14010 {
14011 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14012 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14013 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14014 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14015 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14016 state, then user already saw the message about that
14017 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14018 errors. */
14019 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14020 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14021 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14022 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14023 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14024 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14025
14026 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14027 {
14028 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14029 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14030 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14031 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14032 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14033 which approach is better. */
14034 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14035 throw_exception (e);
14036 }
14037 }
14038
14039 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14040 {
14041 int i;
14042
14043 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14044 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14045 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14046 {
14047 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14048 int thread, task;
14049
14050 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14051 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14052 &extra_string);
14053 if (cond_string)
14054 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14055 b->thread = thread;
14056 b->task = task;
14057 if (extra_string)
14058 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14059 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14060 }
14061
14062 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14063 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14064
14065 *found = 1;
14066 }
14067 else
14068 *found = 0;
14069
14070 return sals;
14071 }
14072
14073 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14074 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14075 locations. */
14076
14077 static void
14078 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14079 {
14080 int found;
14081 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14082 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14083 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14084
14085 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14086 if (found)
14087 {
14088 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14089 expanded = sals;
14090 }
14091
14092 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14093 {
14094 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14095 if (found)
14096 {
14097 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14098 expanded_end = sals_end;
14099 }
14100 }
14101
14102 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14103 }
14104
14105 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14106 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14107
14108 static void
14109 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14110 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14111 enum bptype type_wanted,
14112 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14113 {
14114 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14115 }
14116
14117 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14118 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14119 breakpoint_ops. */
14120
14121 static void
14122 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14123 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14124 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14125 char *cond_string,
14126 char *extra_string,
14127 enum bptype type_wanted,
14128 enum bpdisp disposition,
14129 int thread,
14130 int task, int ignore_count,
14131 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14132 int from_tty, int enabled,
14133 int internal, unsigned flags)
14134 {
14135 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14136 extra_string,
14137 type_wanted, disposition,
14138 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14139 enabled, internal, flags);
14140 }
14141
14142 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14143 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14144
14145 static void
14146 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14147 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14148 {
14149 struct linespec_result canonical;
14150
14151 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14152 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14153 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14154 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14155 b->filter);
14156
14157 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14158 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14159
14160 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14161 {
14162 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14163
14164 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14165 *sals = lsal->sals;
14166 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14167 contents. */
14168 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14169 }
14170
14171 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14172 }
14173
14174 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14175
14176 static struct cleanup *
14177 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14178 {
14179 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14180
14181 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14182 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14183 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14184 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14185 set_language (b->language);
14186
14187 return cleanups;
14188 }
14189
14190 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14191 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14192 Unused in this case. */
14193
14194 static int
14195 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14196 {
14197 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14198 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14199 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14200
14201 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14202 b->ops->re_set (b);
14203 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14204 return 0;
14205 }
14206
14207 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14208 void
14209 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14210 {
14211 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14212 enum language save_language;
14213 int save_input_radix;
14214 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14215
14216 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14217 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14218 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14219
14220 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14221 {
14222 /* Format possible error msg. */
14223 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14224 b->number);
14225 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14226 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14227 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14228 }
14229 set_language (save_language);
14230 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14231
14232 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14233
14234 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14235
14236 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14237 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14238 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14239 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14240 }
14241 \f
14242 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14243
14244 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14245 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14246 void
14247 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14248 {
14249 if (b->thread != -1)
14250 {
14251 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14252 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14253
14254 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14255 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14256 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14257 as well. */
14258 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14259 }
14260 }
14261
14262 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14263 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14264 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14265
14266 void
14267 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14268 {
14269 struct breakpoint *b;
14270
14271 if (count < 0)
14272 count = 0;
14273
14274 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14275 if (b->number == bptnum)
14276 {
14277 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14278 {
14279 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14280 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14281 bptnum);
14282 return;
14283 }
14284
14285 b->ignore_count = count;
14286 if (from_tty)
14287 {
14288 if (count == 0)
14289 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14290 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14291 bptnum);
14292 else if (count == 1)
14293 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14294 bptnum);
14295 else
14296 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14297 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14298 count, bptnum);
14299 }
14300 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14301 return;
14302 }
14303
14304 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14305 }
14306
14307 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14308
14309 static void
14310 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14311 {
14312 char *p = args;
14313 int num;
14314
14315 if (p == 0)
14316 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14317
14318 num = get_number (&p);
14319 if (num == 0)
14320 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14321 if (*p == 0)
14322 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14323
14324 set_ignore_count (num,
14325 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14326 from_tty);
14327 if (from_tty)
14328 printf_filtered ("\n");
14329 }
14330 \f
14331 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14332 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14333
14334 static void
14335 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14336 void *),
14337 void *data)
14338 {
14339 int num;
14340 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14341 int match;
14342 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14343
14344 if (args == 0)
14345 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14346
14347 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14348
14349 while (!state.finished)
14350 {
14351 char *p = state.string;
14352
14353 match = 0;
14354
14355 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14356 if (num == 0)
14357 {
14358 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14359 }
14360 else
14361 {
14362 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14363 if (b->number == num)
14364 {
14365 match = 1;
14366 function (b, data);
14367 break;
14368 }
14369 if (match == 0)
14370 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14371 }
14372 }
14373 }
14374
14375 static struct bp_location *
14376 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14377 {
14378 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14379 char *p1;
14380 int bp_num;
14381 int loc_num;
14382 struct breakpoint *b;
14383 struct bp_location *loc;
14384
14385 *dot = '\0';
14386
14387 p1 = number;
14388 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14389 if (bp_num == 0)
14390 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14391
14392 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14393 if (b->number == bp_num)
14394 {
14395 break;
14396 }
14397
14398 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14399 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14400
14401 p1 = dot+1;
14402 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14403 if (loc_num == 0)
14404 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14405
14406 --loc_num;
14407 loc = b->loc;
14408 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14409 ;
14410 if (!loc)
14411 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14412
14413 return loc;
14414 }
14415
14416
14417 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14418 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14419 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14420
14421 void
14422 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14423 {
14424 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14425 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14426 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14427 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14428 return;
14429
14430 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14431 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14432 return;
14433
14434 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14435
14436 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14437 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14438
14439 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14440 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14441 {
14442 struct bp_location *location;
14443
14444 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14445 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14446 }
14447
14448 update_global_location_list (0);
14449
14450 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14451 }
14452
14453 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14454
14455 static void
14456 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14457 {
14458 disable_breakpoint (b);
14459 }
14460
14461 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14462 disable_breakpoint. */
14463
14464 static void
14465 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14466 {
14467 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14468 }
14469
14470 static void
14471 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14472 {
14473 if (args == 0)
14474 {
14475 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14476
14477 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14478 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14479 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14480 }
14481 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14482 {
14483 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14484 if (loc)
14485 {
14486 if (loc->enabled)
14487 {
14488 loc->enabled = 0;
14489 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14490 }
14491 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14492 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14493 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14494 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14495 }
14496 update_global_location_list (0);
14497 }
14498 else
14499 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14500 }
14501
14502 static void
14503 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14504 int count)
14505 {
14506 int target_resources_ok;
14507
14508 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14509 {
14510 int i;
14511 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14512 target_resources_ok =
14513 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14514 i + 1, 0);
14515 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14516 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14517 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14518 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14519 }
14520
14521 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14522 {
14523 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14524 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14525 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14526
14527 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14528 {
14529 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14530
14531 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14532 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14533 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14534 }
14535 if (e.reason < 0)
14536 {
14537 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14538 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14539 bpt->number);
14540 return;
14541 }
14542 }
14543
14544 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14545 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14546
14547 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14548
14549 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14550 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14551
14552 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14553 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14554 {
14555 struct bp_location *location;
14556
14557 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14558 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14559 }
14560
14561 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14562 bpt->enable_count = count;
14563 update_global_location_list (1);
14564
14565 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14566 }
14567
14568
14569 void
14570 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14571 {
14572 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14573 }
14574
14575 static void
14576 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14577 {
14578 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14579 }
14580
14581 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14582 enable_breakpoint. */
14583
14584 static void
14585 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14586 {
14587 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14588 }
14589
14590 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14591 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14592 in stopping the inferior. */
14593
14594 static void
14595 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14596 {
14597 if (args == 0)
14598 {
14599 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14600
14601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14602 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14603 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14604 }
14605 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14606 {
14607 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14608 if (loc)
14609 {
14610 if (!loc->enabled)
14611 {
14612 loc->enabled = 1;
14613 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14614 }
14615 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14616 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14617 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14618 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14619 }
14620 update_global_location_list (1);
14621 }
14622 else
14623 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14624 }
14625
14626 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14627 breakpoints. */
14628
14629 struct disp_data
14630 {
14631 enum bpdisp disp;
14632 int count;
14633 };
14634
14635 static void
14636 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14637 {
14638 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14639
14640 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14641 }
14642
14643 static void
14644 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14645 {
14646 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14647
14648 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14649 }
14650
14651 static void
14652 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14653 {
14654 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14655 }
14656
14657 static void
14658 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14659 {
14660 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14661
14662 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14663 }
14664
14665 static void
14666 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14667 {
14668 int count = get_number (&args);
14669
14670 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14671 }
14672
14673 static void
14674 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14675 {
14676 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14677
14678 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14679 }
14680
14681 static void
14682 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14683 {
14684 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14685 }
14686 \f
14687 static void
14688 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14689 {
14690 }
14691
14692 static void
14693 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14694 {
14695 }
14696
14697 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14698 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14699 GDB itself. */
14700
14701 static void
14702 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14703 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14704 const bfd_byte *data)
14705 {
14706 struct breakpoint *bp;
14707
14708 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14709 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14710 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14711 {
14712 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14713
14714 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14715 {
14716 struct bp_location *loc;
14717
14718 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14719 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14720 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14721 && addr + len > loc->address)
14722 {
14723 value_free (wp->val);
14724 wp->val = NULL;
14725 wp->val_valid = 0;
14726 }
14727 }
14728 }
14729 }
14730
14731 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14732 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14733 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14734 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14735 someday. */
14736
14737 void *
14738 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14739 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14740 {
14741 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14742
14743 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14744
14745 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14746 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14747
14748 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14749 {
14750 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14751 xfree (bp_tgt);
14752 return NULL;
14753 }
14754
14755 return bp_tgt;
14756 }
14757
14758 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14759 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14760
14761 int
14762 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14763 {
14764 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14765 int ret;
14766
14767 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14768 xfree (bp_tgt);
14769
14770 return ret;
14771 }
14772
14773 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14774 stepping. */
14775
14776 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14777 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14778
14779 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14780
14781 void
14782 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14783 struct address_space *aspace,
14784 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14785 {
14786 void **bpt_p;
14787
14788 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14789 {
14790 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14791 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14792 }
14793 else
14794 {
14795 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14796 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14797 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14798 }
14799
14800 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14801 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14802 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14803 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14804 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14805 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14806
14807 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14808 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14809 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14810 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14811 }
14812
14813 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14814 were inserted or not. */
14815
14816 int
14817 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14818 {
14819 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14820 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14821 }
14822
14823 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14824
14825 void
14826 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14827 {
14828 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14829
14830 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14831 call. */
14832 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14833 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14834 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14835 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14836
14837 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14838 {
14839 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14840 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14841 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14842 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14843 }
14844 }
14845
14846 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14847 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14848 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14849 exec. */
14850
14851 void
14852 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14853 {
14854 int i;
14855
14856 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14857 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14858 {
14859 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14860 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14861 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14862 }
14863 }
14864
14865 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14866 removing them. */
14867
14868 static void
14869 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14870 {
14871 int i;
14872
14873 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14874 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14875 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14876 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14877 }
14878
14879 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14880 PC. */
14881
14882 static int
14883 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14884 CORE_ADDR pc)
14885 {
14886 int i;
14887
14888 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14889 {
14890 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14891 if (bp_tgt
14892 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14893 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14894 aspace, pc))
14895 return 1;
14896 }
14897
14898 return 0;
14899 }
14900
14901 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14902 non-zero otherwise. */
14903 static int
14904 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14905 {
14906 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14907 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14908 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14909 return 1;
14910 else
14911 return 0;
14912 }
14913
14914 int
14915 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14916 {
14917 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14918 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14919
14920 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14921 }
14922
14923 int
14924 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14925 {
14926 struct breakpoint *bp;
14927
14928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14929 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14930 {
14931 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14932
14933 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14934 {
14935 int i, iter;
14936 for (i = 0;
14937 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14938 i++)
14939 if (syscall_number == iter)
14940 return 1;
14941 }
14942 else
14943 return 1;
14944 }
14945
14946 return 0;
14947 }
14948
14949 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14950 static VEC (char_ptr) *
14951 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14952 const char *text, const char *word)
14953 {
14954 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14955 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
14956 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
14957
14958 xfree (list);
14959 return retlist;
14960 }
14961
14962 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14963
14964 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14965 static void
14966 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14967 {
14968 tracepoint_count = num;
14969 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14970 }
14971
14972 static void
14973 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14974 {
14975 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14976 const char *arg_cp = arg;
14977
14978 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
14979 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14980 else
14981 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14982
14983 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14984 arg,
14985 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14986 0 /* tempflag */,
14987 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14988 0 /* Ignore count */,
14989 pending_break_support,
14990 ops,
14991 from_tty,
14992 1 /* enabled */,
14993 0 /* internal */, 0);
14994 }
14995
14996 static void
14997 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14998 {
14999 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15000 arg,
15001 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15002 0 /* tempflag */,
15003 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15004 0 /* Ignore count */,
15005 pending_break_support,
15006 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15007 from_tty,
15008 1 /* enabled */,
15009 0 /* internal */, 0);
15010 }
15011
15012 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15013
15014 static void
15015 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15016 {
15017 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15018
15019 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15020 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15021 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15022 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15023 else
15024 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15025
15026 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15027 arg,
15028 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15029 0 /* tempflag */,
15030 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15031 0 /* Ignore count */,
15032 pending_break_support,
15033 ops,
15034 from_tty,
15035 1 /* enabled */,
15036 0 /* internal */, 0);
15037 }
15038
15039 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15040 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15041
15042 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15043 static int next_cmd;
15044
15045 static char *
15046 read_uploaded_action (void)
15047 {
15048 char *rslt;
15049
15050 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15051
15052 next_cmd++;
15053
15054 return rslt;
15055 }
15056
15057 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15058 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15059 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15060 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15061 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15062
15063 struct tracepoint *
15064 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15065 {
15066 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15067 struct tracepoint *tp;
15068
15069 if (utp->at_string)
15070 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15071 else
15072 {
15073 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15074 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15075 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15076 user. */
15077 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15078 "source location, using raw address"),
15079 utp->number);
15080 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15081 addr_str = small_buf;
15082 }
15083
15084 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15085 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15086 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15087 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15088 utp->number);
15089
15090 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15091 addr_str,
15092 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15093 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15094 0 /* tempflag */,
15095 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15096 0 /* Ignore count */,
15097 pending_break_support,
15098 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15099 0 /* from_tty */,
15100 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15101 0 /* internal */,
15102 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15103 return NULL;
15104
15105 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15106 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15107 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15108
15109 if (utp->pass > 0)
15110 {
15111 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15112 tp->base.number);
15113
15114 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15115 }
15116
15117 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15118 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15119 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15120 function. */
15121 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15122 {
15123 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15124
15125 this_utp = utp;
15126 next_cmd = 0;
15127
15128 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15129
15130 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15131 }
15132 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15133 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15134 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15135 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15136 utp->number);
15137
15138 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15139 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15140 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15141
15142 return tp;
15143 }
15144
15145 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15146 omitted. */
15147
15148 static void
15149 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15150 {
15151 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15152 int num_printed;
15153
15154 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15155
15156 if (num_printed == 0)
15157 {
15158 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15159 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15160 else
15161 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15162 }
15163
15164 default_collect_info ();
15165 }
15166
15167 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15168 Not supported by all targets. */
15169 static void
15170 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15171 {
15172 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15173 }
15174
15175 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15176 Not supported by all targets. */
15177 static void
15178 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15179 {
15180 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15181 }
15182
15183 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15184 static void
15185 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15186 {
15187 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15188
15189 dont_repeat ();
15190
15191 if (arg == 0)
15192 {
15193 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15194
15195 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15196 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15197 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15198 argument. */
15199 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15200 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15201 {
15202 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15203 break;
15204 }
15205
15206 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15207 if (!from_tty
15208 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15209 {
15210 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15211 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15212 delete_breakpoint (b);
15213 }
15214 }
15215 else
15216 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15217 }
15218
15219 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15220
15221 static void
15222 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15223 {
15224 tp->pass_count = count;
15225 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15226 if (from_tty)
15227 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15228 tp->base.number, count);
15229 }
15230
15231 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15232
15233 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15234 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15235 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15236
15237 static void
15238 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15239 {
15240 struct tracepoint *t1;
15241 unsigned int count;
15242
15243 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15244 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15245 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15246
15247 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15248
15249 args = skip_spaces (args);
15250 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15251 {
15252 struct breakpoint *b;
15253
15254 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15255 if (*args)
15256 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15257
15258 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15259 {
15260 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15261 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15262 }
15263 }
15264 else if (*args == '\0')
15265 {
15266 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15267 if (t1)
15268 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15269 }
15270 else
15271 {
15272 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15273
15274 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15275 while (!state.finished)
15276 {
15277 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15278 if (t1)
15279 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15280 }
15281 }
15282 }
15283
15284 struct tracepoint *
15285 get_tracepoint (int num)
15286 {
15287 struct breakpoint *t;
15288
15289 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15290 if (t->number == num)
15291 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15292
15293 return NULL;
15294 }
15295
15296 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15297 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15298 reconnecting). */
15299
15300 struct tracepoint *
15301 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15302 {
15303 struct breakpoint *b;
15304
15305 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15306 {
15307 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15308
15309 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15310 return t;
15311 }
15312
15313 return NULL;
15314 }
15315
15316 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15317 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15318 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15319 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15320 struct tracepoint *
15321 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15322 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15323 int optional_p)
15324 {
15325 struct breakpoint *t;
15326 int tpnum;
15327 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15328
15329 if (state)
15330 {
15331 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15332 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15333 }
15334 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15335 {
15336 if (optional_p)
15337 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15338 else
15339 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15340 }
15341 else
15342 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15343
15344 if (tpnum <= 0)
15345 {
15346 if (instring && *instring)
15347 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15348 instring);
15349 else
15350 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15351 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15352 return NULL;
15353 }
15354
15355 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15356 if (t->number == tpnum)
15357 {
15358 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15359 }
15360
15361 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15362 return NULL;
15363 }
15364
15365 void
15366 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15367 {
15368 if (b->thread != -1)
15369 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15370
15371 if (b->task != 0)
15372 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15373
15374 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15375 }
15376
15377 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15378 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15379 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15380 non-zero. */
15381
15382 static void
15383 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15384 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15385 {
15386 struct breakpoint *tp;
15387 int any = 0;
15388 char *pathname;
15389 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15390 struct ui_file *fp;
15391 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15392
15393 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15394 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15395
15396 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15397 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15398 {
15399 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15400 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15401 continue;
15402
15403 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15404 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15405 continue;
15406
15407 any = 1;
15408
15409 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15410 {
15411 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15412
15413 /* We can stop searching. */
15414 break;
15415 }
15416 }
15417
15418 if (!any)
15419 {
15420 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15421 return;
15422 }
15423
15424 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15425 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15426 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15427 if (!fp)
15428 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15429 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15430 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15431
15432 if (extra_trace_bits)
15433 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15434
15435 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15436 {
15437 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15438 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15439 continue;
15440
15441 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15442 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15443 continue;
15444
15445 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15446
15447 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15448 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15449 instead. */
15450
15451 if (tp->cond_string)
15452 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15453
15454 if (tp->ignore_count)
15455 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15456
15457 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15458 {
15459 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15460
15461 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15462
15463 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15464 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15465 {
15466 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15467 }
15468 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15469
15470 if (ex.reason < 0)
15471 throw_exception (ex);
15472
15473 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15474 }
15475
15476 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15477 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15478
15479 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15480 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15481 special, and not user visible. */
15482 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15483 {
15484 struct bp_location *loc;
15485 int n = 1;
15486
15487 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15488 if (!loc->enabled)
15489 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15490 }
15491 }
15492
15493 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15494 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15495
15496 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15497 if (from_tty)
15498 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15499 }
15500
15501 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15502
15503 static void
15504 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15505 {
15506 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15507 }
15508
15509 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15510
15511 static void
15512 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15513 {
15514 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15515 }
15516
15517 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15518
15519 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15520 all_tracepoints (void)
15521 {
15522 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15523 struct breakpoint *tp;
15524
15525 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15526 {
15527 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15528 }
15529
15530 return tp_vec;
15531 }
15532
15533 \f
15534 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15535 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15536 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15537 command. */
15538 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15539 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15540 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15541 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15542 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15543 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15544 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15545 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15546 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15547 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15548 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15549 \n\
15550 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15551 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15552 \n\
15553 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15554 conditions are different.\n\
15555 \n\
15556 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15557
15558 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15559 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15560
15561 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15562 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15563
15564 void
15565 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15566 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15567 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15568 completer_ftype *completer,
15569 void *user_data_catch,
15570 void *user_data_tcatch)
15571 {
15572 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15573
15574 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15575 &catch_cmdlist);
15576 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15577 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15578 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15579
15580 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15581 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15582 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15583 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15584 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15585 }
15586
15587 static void
15588 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15589 {
15590 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15591 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15592
15593 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15594 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15595 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15596 }
15597
15598 static void
15599 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15600 {
15601 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15602 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15603 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15604 }
15605
15606 struct breakpoint *
15607 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15608 void *data)
15609 {
15610 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15611
15612 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15613 {
15614 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15615 return b;
15616 }
15617
15618 return NULL;
15619 }
15620
15621 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15622 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15623
15624 static int
15625 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15626 {
15627 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15628 non-inline function. */
15629 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15630 return 1;
15631
15632 return 0;
15633 }
15634
15635 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15636 have been inlined. */
15637
15638 int
15639 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15640 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15641 {
15642 struct breakpoint *b;
15643 struct bp_location *bl;
15644
15645 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15646 {
15647 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15648 continue;
15649
15650 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15651 {
15652 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15653 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15654 return 1;
15655 }
15656 }
15657
15658 return 0;
15659 }
15660
15661 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15662
15663 void
15664 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15665 {
15666 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15667
15668 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15669 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15670 loc->symtab = NULL;
15671 }
15672
15673 void
15674 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15675 {
15676 static int initialized = 0;
15677
15678 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15679
15680 if (initialized)
15681 return;
15682 initialized = 1;
15683
15684 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15685 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15686 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15687 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15688 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15689 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15690 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15691 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15692 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15693 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15694 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15695 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15696
15697 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15698 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15699 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15700 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15701 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15702 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15703 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15704 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15705
15706 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15707 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15708 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15709 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15710 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15711 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15712 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15713 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15714 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15715 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15716
15717 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15718 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15719 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15720 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15721 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15722 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15723 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15724
15725 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15726 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15727 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15728 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15729 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15730 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15731 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15732
15733 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15734 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15735 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15736 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15737
15738 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15739 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15740 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15741 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15742 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15743 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15744 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15745
15746 /* Watchpoints. */
15747 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15748 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15749 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15750 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15751 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15752 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15753 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15754 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15755 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15756 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15757 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15758 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15759 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15760
15761 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15762 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15763 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15764 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15765 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15766 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15767 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15768 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15769 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15770 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15771 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15772
15773 /* Tracepoints. */
15774 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15775 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15776 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15777 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15778 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15779 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15780 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15781 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15782 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15783 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15784
15785 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15786 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15787 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15788 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15789 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15790
15791 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15792 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15793 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15794 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15795 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15796 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15797
15798 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15799 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15800 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15801 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15802 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15803 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15804 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15805 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15806 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15807 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15808
15809 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15810 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15811 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15812 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15813 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15814 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15815 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15816 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15817 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15818 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15819
15820 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15821 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15822 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15823 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15824 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15825 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15826 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15827 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15828 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15829 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15830 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15831
15832 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15833 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15834 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15835 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15836 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15837 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15838 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15839 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15840 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15841 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15842 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15843
15844 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15845 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15846 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15847 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15848 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15849 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15850 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15851 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15852 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15853 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15854 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15855 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15856
15857 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15858 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15859 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15860 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15861 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15862 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15863 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15864 }
15865
15866 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15867
15868 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15869
15870 void
15871 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15872 {
15873 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15874
15875 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15876
15877 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15878 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15879 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15880
15881 breakpoint_objfile_key
15882 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15883
15884 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15885 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
15886 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15887
15888 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15889 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15890 before a breakpoint is set. */
15891 breakpoint_count = 0;
15892
15893 tracepoint_count = 0;
15894
15895 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15896 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15897 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15898 if (xdb_commands)
15899 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15900
15901 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15902 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15903 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15904 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15905 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15906 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15907 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15908 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15909
15910 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15911 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15912 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15913 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15914 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15915
15916 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15917 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15918 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15919 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15920 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15921 \n"
15922 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15923 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15924
15925 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15926 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15927 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15928 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15929 \n"
15930 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15931 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15932
15933 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15934 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15935 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15936 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15937 \n"
15938 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15939 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15940
15941 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15942 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15943 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15944 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15945 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15946 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15947 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15948 if (xdb_commands)
15949 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15950 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15951 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15952 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15953 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15954 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15955
15956 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15957
15958 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15959 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15960 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15961 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15962 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15963 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15964
15965 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15966 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15967 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15968 &enablebreaklist);
15969
15970 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15971 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15972 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15973 &enablebreaklist);
15974
15975 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15976 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15977 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15978 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15979 &enablebreaklist);
15980
15981 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15982 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15983 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15984 &enablelist);
15985
15986 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15987 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15988 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15989 &enablelist);
15990
15991 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15992 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15993 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15994 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15995 &enablelist);
15996
15997 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15998 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15999 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16000 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16001 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16002 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16003 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16004 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16005 if (xdb_commands)
16006 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16007 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16008 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16009 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16010 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16011
16012 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16013 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16014 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16015 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16016 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16017 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16018 &disablelist);
16019
16020 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16021 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16022 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16023 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16024 \n\
16025 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16026 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16027 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16028 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16029 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16030 if (xdb_commands)
16031 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16032 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16033 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16034 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16035
16036 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16037 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16038 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16039 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16040 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16041 &deletelist);
16042
16043 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16044 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16045 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16046 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16047 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16048 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16049 \n\
16050 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16051 is executing in.\n\
16052 \n\
16053 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16054 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16055
16056 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16057 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16058 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16059 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16060
16061 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16062 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16063 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16064 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16065
16066 if (xdb_commands)
16067 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16068
16069 if (dbx_commands)
16070 {
16071 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16072 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16073 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16074 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16075 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16076 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16077 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16078 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16079 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16080 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16081 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16082 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16083 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16084 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16085 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16086 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16087 \n\
16088 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16089 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16090 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16091 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16092 breakpoint set."));
16093 }
16094
16095 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16096 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16097 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16098 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16099 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16100 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16101 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16102 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16103 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16104 \n\
16105 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16106 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16107 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16108 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16109 breakpoint set."));
16110
16111 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16112
16113 if (xdb_commands)
16114 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16115 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16116 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16117 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16118 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16119 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16120 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16121 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16122 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16123 \n\
16124 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16125 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16126 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16127 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16128 breakpoint set."));
16129
16130 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16131 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16132 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16133 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16134 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16135 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16136 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16137 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16138 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16139 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16140 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16141 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16142 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16143 \n\
16144 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16145 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16146 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16147 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16148 breakpoint set."),
16149 &maintenanceinfolist);
16150
16151 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16152 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16153 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16154 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16155
16156 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16157 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16158 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16159 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16160
16161 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16162 catch_fork_command_1,
16163 NULL,
16164 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16165 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16166 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16167 catch_fork_command_1,
16168 NULL,
16169 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16170 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16171 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16172 catch_exec_command_1,
16173 NULL,
16174 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16175 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16176 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16177 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16178 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16179 catch_load_command_1,
16180 NULL,
16181 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16182 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16183 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16184 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16185 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16186 catch_unload_command_1,
16187 NULL,
16188 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16189 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16190 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16191 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16192 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16193 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16194 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16195 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16196 catch_syscall_command_1,
16197 catch_syscall_completer,
16198 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16199 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16200
16201 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16202 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16203 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16204 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16205 an expression changes.\n\
16206 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16207 the memory to which it refers."));
16208 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16209
16210 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16211 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16212 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16213 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16214 an expression is read.\n\
16215 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16216 the memory to which it refers."));
16217 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16218
16219 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16220 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16221 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16222 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16223 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16224 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16225 the memory to which it refers."));
16226 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16227
16228 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16229 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16230
16231 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16232 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16233 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16234 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16235 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16236 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16237 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16238 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16239 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16240 hardware.)"),
16241 NULL,
16242 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16243 &setlist, &showlist);
16244
16245 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16246
16247 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16248
16249 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16250 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16251 \n"
16252 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16253 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16254 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16255
16256 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16257 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16258 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16259 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16260
16261 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16262 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16263 \n"
16264 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16265 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16266 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16267
16268 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16269 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16270 \n\
16271 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16272 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16273 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16274 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16275 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16276 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16277 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16278 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16279 the selected stack frame.\n\
16280 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16281 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16282 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16283 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16284 \n\
16285 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16286 \n\
16287 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16288 conditions are different.\n\
16289 \n\
16290 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16291 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16292 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16293
16294 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16295 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16296 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16297 last tracepoint set."));
16298
16299 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16300
16301 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16302 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16303 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16304 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16305 &deletelist);
16306 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16307
16308 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16309 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16310 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16311 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16312 &disablelist);
16313 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16314
16315 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16316 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16317 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16318 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16319 &enablelist);
16320 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16321
16322 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16323 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16324 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16325 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16326 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16327
16328 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16329 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16330 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16331 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16332
16333 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16334 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16335 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16336 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16337 session to restore them."),
16338 &save_cmdlist);
16339 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16340
16341 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16342 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16343 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16344 &save_cmdlist);
16345 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16346
16347 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16348 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16349
16350 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16351 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16352 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16353 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16354 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16355 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16356 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16357 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16358 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16359 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16360 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16361 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16362
16363 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16364 &pending_break_support, _("\
16365 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16366 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16367 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16368 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16369 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16370 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16371 NULL,
16372 show_pending_break_support,
16373 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16374 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16375
16376 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16377
16378 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16379 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16380 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16381 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16382 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16383 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16384 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16385 NULL,
16386 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16387 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16388 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16389
16390 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16391 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16392 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16393 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16394 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16395 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16396 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16397 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16398 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16399 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16400 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16401 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16402 NULL,
16403 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16404 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16405 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16406
16407 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16408 condition_evaluation_enums,
16409 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16410 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16411 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16412 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16413 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16414 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16415 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16416 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16417 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16418 be set to \"gdb\""),
16419 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16420 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16421 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16422 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16423
16424 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16425 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16426 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16427 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16428 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16429 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16430 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16431 or the start of the range\n\
16432 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16433 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16434 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16435 \n\
16436 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16437 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16438 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16439
16440 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16441 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16442 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16443 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16444 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16445 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16446 "));
16447 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16448
16449 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16450 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16451 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16452 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16453 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16454 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16455 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16456 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16457 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16458 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16459 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16460 &setlist, &showlist);
16461
16462 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16463 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16464 &dprintf_function, _("\
16465 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16466 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16467 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16468 &setlist, &showlist);
16469
16470 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16471 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16472 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16473 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16474 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16475 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16476 &setlist, &showlist);
16477
16478 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16479 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16480 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16481 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16482 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16483 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16484 NULL,
16485 NULL,
16486 &setlist, &showlist);
16487
16488 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16489 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16490 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16491
16492 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16493
16494 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16495 }
This page took 0.4045 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.